If you want to experience the dream vacation of a lifetime and the true essence of Ireland, the Ashford Lodge and Castle is the place for you. Do you want to feel like royalty, be pampered, and experience a real Irish castle? The property hosts loads of activities without breaking the bank; then West Ireland is calling your name!

As Ireland’s first and only Forbes five-star hotel and former castle of the Guinness family, this is truly a once-in-a-lifetime experience. The estate covers over 350 acres of impeccably manicured grounds and walking trails. As an airline pilot, I travel the world and have access to some pretty amazing places. Ashford Lodge has just landed as my number-one destination! Follow along with me on this amazing journey and get inspired to make it your number-one destination too.

1. Ashford Lodge

The Lodge was built in 1865 for the estate manager of the castle. It is a quiet, white-washed, two-floor property with 64 well-appointed rooms. Nestled on top of a hill, the Lodge has incredible views of Lough Corrib, a small quaint bay, and rolling green hills. Inside the Lodge is Wilde’s Dining Room, an elegant and modern restaurant that serves mouth-watering, classical, locally sourced dishes. Included in your stay is a daily two-course, delicious Irish breakfast. The ambiance, setting, food, and impeccable service carry over as the goal of each team member’s Irish charm is to make a difference for each and every guest. 

A lovely Quay Brasserie and a bar are also available if you choose to snuggle into a comfy chair gazing over the sweeping views of Lough Corrib, or stroll and see the collection of fine art. The most enjoyable part of staying at the Lodge is the informal and intimate setting while still having access to the castle and its grounds at a fraction of the price!

2. Luskin Suite

The Ashford Lodge is a hidden gem offering a classic castle setting with a contemporary offering. I stayed in the Luskin Suite. The room was plush and modernized with all the amenities that made me feel like a queen! Each room has elegant surroundings, Egyptian cotton linens, deluxe thirsty cotton towels perched upon a towel warmer, thick robes, and slippers. The Luskin Suite also includes a chocolate fudge turndown service!

3. Ashford Castle

The Ashford Castle resides below the Lodge and is a short 5-minute walk through one of the most enchanting forests I’ve ever seen. If you aren’t up for the stroll, or it starts to sprinkle, a complimentary Range Rover is always available to give you a ride down to the castle. 

Guests staying at the Lodge have the same access to experiences as those who stay at the pricier castle.

There are so many activities at the castle, however, it’s hard to only pick a few. There is something for everyone. They offer an equestrian center, fishing, boat rentals, bicycling, trap shooting, a nine-hole golf course, archery, a boat cruise, tennis, a traditional afternoon tea service, a spa service, and miles of walking trails. You can join the daily morning organized walk with the castle’s resident Irish Wolfhounds or join a docent for a historic walk through the preserve’s trails. You can soak up some movie history strolling through the buildings used during the filming of The Quiet Man, starring John Wayne and Maureen O’Hara. 

One of the best activities I did for myself didn’t cost a cent! I unplugged, put on my windbreaker and tennis shoes, and walked. I walked miles, alone and in the silence of the forest. I heard a symphony of birds chirping while my footsteps crunched on the gravel. I didn’t hear the roar of jet engines or the clicking of rushing heels in the airport, and I rarely spotted another guest. This magical area is a place to come to unwind and be pampered.

Pro Tips: If you happen to catch a salmon or black trout, the restaurant will prepare it for you. If dining at the castle, remember to wear a coat and tie! Be sure to reserve your activities in advance with a reservation specialist.

4. Falconry School Of Ireland

It was hard to choose, but I lucked out and felt like I won the golden ticket when I experienced a private hawk walk at the castle’s Falconry School. It is the first, oldest, and finest Falconry school in Ireland. Flying hawks is an experience of a lifetime! My time with “Pippin,” the Harris hawk, was one of the coolest things I’ve ever experienced. They are well cared for, flown daily, and awe-inspiring birds you can experience in an up close and personal way. We walked and flew together, strolling through magnificent green pastures, trees, and onto groomed trails. The power and grace of these remarkable creatures are awe-inspiring. I would return to Ireland just for this!

5. The Wilde’s Restaurant 

After a full day of activities, I worked up quite an appetite. The calming cottage feel of The Wilde’s restaurant is a nice juxtaposition with its “white tablecloth” service. I started with a recommended glass of Austrian sparkling wine and a chicken consommé and puffed pastry soup. There is nothing simple about an Irish basket of freshly baked bread and Irish butter with sea salt. My entrée was a spectacular locally sourced rack of lamb served with potatoes dauphine and vegetables. It was followed by a decadent dessert of dark chocolate mousse with butterscotch ice cream infused with sea salt. I am a self-proclaimed, world-traveled foodie; this dinner was superb! For breakfast, I was spoiled with a two-course Irish breakfast. I started with freshly squeezed juices, selections from Mueslix, fruit, and Irish porridge followed by a main entrée. I chose Irish eggs Benedict. It was a fabulous meal to fuel another day of activities.

Pro Tip: The Lodge offers room specials including a three-course dinner.

6. The West Coast

Most travelers choose to stay in or around Dublin on the east coast of Ireland. But the truly magical storytime images of Ireland lie in the countryside on the west coast. The beauty of the west coast has loads of unspoiled windswept coastlines, woodlands and valleys, winding narrow roads with little traffic, and herds of sheep dotting the fields. Adding to the breathtaking scenery are tiny towns and villages with cobblestone streets, thatched-roof buildings, and quaint pubs dotting the main street.

The Emerald Coast of Ireland is filled with history, rugged beauty, and friendly residents. This part of the countryside has authentic Irish culture, rugged scenery, and towering cliffs you won’t find anywhere else.

Pro Tip: If you love Guinness beer, come and see how nature inspired its creation! The castle at one time was owned by the Guinness family.

Getting There

Daily flights from the U.S. to Shannon (SNN) airport make getting to the castle a breeze. It’s a short 2-hour drive north to the property. I recommend stopping halfway for a walk and tea in the town of Galway, most notably the largest Gaelic-speaking population in Ireland. Cobblestone streets and Irish pubs, shops, and restaurants make up the true Irish charm of this famous little corner of the world.

Pro Tips

Watch a youtube video on driving on the left! Save your receipt for goods purchased. You can get your VAT tax returned at the airport when you depart. During October, the castle has a Harry Potter-themed Halloween event with live hawks! Consider traveling in the off-season to get even better room rates!

Related Reading:

• 7 Reasons Why You’ll Fall In Love With Charming Kinsale, Ireland
• 9 Reasons To Visit The Ancient Town Of Kilkenny, Ireland
• 13 Reasons You’ll Fall In Love With Ireland’s Enchanting Connemara Region

From beaches to recreation areas and historical nature preserves, Fort Pierce has plenty to offer any outdoor enthusiast. With several tour companies offering visitors a chance to experience the outdoors up close and personal, this guide will help you find the perfect places to explore in and around town. So, without further ado, these are just some of the incredible things you can do during a weekend in Fort Pierce, Florida.

1. Navy SEAL Museum

Visit the National Navy SEAL-UDT Museum; it’s the only one of its kind dedicated solely to preserving the history of the SEALs. Before heading inside, take a turn on the obstacle course modeled after the BUD/S course in Coronado, California. Inside the museum, climb aboard the lifeboat where Captain Richard Phillips was held hostage for 5 days after the cargo ship Maersk Alabama was seized by Somali pirates on April 8, 2009. Gaze at the incredible memorial that honors Navy SEALs and frogmen, then check out the centerpiece of the memorial — a bronze sculpture of a modern Navy SEAL combat swimmer. You’ll also have a chance to see the Mark V Special Operations Craft — an 82-foot-long, 52-ton boat that was used as a medium-range insertion and extraction platform for special operations forces.

2. Get Up And Go Kayaking

One of the most unique opportunities in Fort Pierce is the Get Up and Go Kayaking excursion. Launch your 100 percent clear kayak into the water and prepare to be amazed at the beauty. Red mangrove trees and rich flora and fauna line the path to the bay. You might see dolphins, manatees, sea turtles, and various birds along your water journey.

Trips take kayakers to a sandy area, where they can hop out and explore in the shallow water. You’ll have a chance to see crabs, stingrays, and a variety of fish. Use the nets they provide or your hands to touch and connect with nature. You never really know what you are going to see on these tours!

Pro Tip: Book a GLOW tour, a night trip out with LED lights on the kayaks; you’ll get a whole otherworldly feel as you make your way in the dark through the mangroves.

3. Savannas Recreation Area

Savannas Recreation Area is nestled close to the Indian River and offers a plethora of things to do during trips for the seasoned traveler. Florida is a long state and pulling a camper can be a challenge. Rent an RV from Glampster RV for a stay and book a full hookup site. I can recommend location #43, ideally situated for all activities with laundry and a bathhouse. Every camping location offers a fire ring and picnic table.

Pro Tip: Site #43 gives a good dose of afternoon shade, which was appreciated in the hot summer sun.

One unique feature of this campground is how they offer rental kayaks and canoes. A perfect addition to a stay, walk from your campsite and take a paddle through the canals. The rental rates were reasonable and they had plenty of units available. 

Within the Savannas Recreation Area, you can fish the day away just a few steps from your site, with catches of many native fish. Anglers can find bull redfish and spotted sea trout in the river and its deep flats, where the system attracts a lot of shrimp and mullets for feeding. Grouper, snapper, snook, black drum, and tarpon can also be caught in the river. The recreation area offers a short paved hiking trail through the park; bike or walk along the path. Here, you can see the many birds that call Florida home or you might even get to see an alligator!

4. Donald B. Moore Heritage Preserve

Visit the Donald B. Moore Heritage Preserve; while it doesn’t look like much from the parking lot, you will be amazed at all the unique things along these short interpretive trails. Delve into the Orange Trail with its markers teaching about flora and fauna of the area. If you finish the Orange Trail and want a little more hiking, enjoy the Green Path. This trail offers a history of the site and plenty more lush views. If you’re going to wander a bit further, you can take the Blue Trail out to the Indian River and check out the kayak stopover and the lagoon kiosk.

This preserve offers plenty of recreational opportunities, which include volleyball, horseshoes, and disc golf. You can have a picnic in one of the various picnic areas, which include tables and charcoal grills. The boardwalks and trails are well-marked and easy to navigate; however, they would not be considered ADA-compliant.

Pro Tip: Want all the ADA accessibility in one location? Try Petravice Family Preserve with a 1.5-mile paved path, accessible bathrooms, and even an ADA-accessible kayak launch.

Hiking Recommendations

• Plenty of water to stay hydrated
• Bug spray for the pesky mosquitos
• SPF 50+ sunblock
• Snacks for energy
• Camera to snap pictures of all the beauty

5. Tours On Horseback

There’s nothing quite like the feeling of riding a horse on the beach. The wind in your hair, the sound of the waves crashing against the shore, and the steady rhythm of your horse’s hooves make for an exhilarating experience. As you gallop along the coastline, you feel a sense of freedom and connection with nature that is hard to find anywhere else. Whether you’re an experienced rider or a beginner, horseback riding on the beach is an adventure you won’t soon forget. 

Tours on Horseback offer the best beach excursions; pick one first thing in the morning for cooler temps.

6. Sail Aiki

Hop on board the Aiki with Captain Kyle for a trip out into the Indian River Lagoon. Before your trip, Kyle will coordinate how to make this trip out on the water perfect; choose from a sunrise or a sunset cruise.

The Aiki is a fully restored Condor 40 with three hulls that are 40 feet long and 28 feet wide. With the custom trampolines provided, slip off your shoes and settle into the big comfy pillows for you to recline on during your sail. Music of your choice will fill the air as Kyle and his crew get your trip underway. As you head out toward the Atlantic, close your eyes and let the sun and waves sway you into the perfect state of relaxation.

Blue waters allure you as the current takes you on its weaving path. While on board, keep your eyes open for dolphins, sharks, sea turtles, manatees, and tarpons. Take in the beautiful shoreline of the beach as you cruise along.

Pro Tip: Wear sturdy shoes for boarding; they will keep your footing sure until you are comfortably seated on the sailboat.

Restaurants On The Water In Fort Pierce

When it comes to dining by the water, there’s nothing quite like the experience of eating at a beachside restaurant. The sound of waves crashing against the shore, the salty sea breeze, and the stunning views make for an unforgettable meal. Whether you’re looking for fresh seafood or a casual burger, the beachside restaurants in Fort Pierce offer a unique atmosphere.

Curl your toes in the sand as you order the fresh catch of the day or seafood starters at On the Edge Bar and Grill, a family-owned local hangout. Looking for big flavor with a huge menu? Crabby’s Dockside has everything from landshark favorites to deep-sea treasures, and the Bairdi crab is a house favorite with 1.5 pounds served steamed or grilled with garlic butter and Old Bay seasoning.

Pro Tip: Hop in the car for a short drive to Hutchinson Island, where restaurants on the ocean combine fine dining with stunning views at Kyle G’s. Try one of the Maui poke bowls or the lobster fried rice; truly an experience you won’t forget.

Hotels In Fort Pierce

Some call the Treasure Coast the quiet side of Florida and the places to stay there are perfect for any beachgoer. Stay on the water at one of the plentiful condos located on a sandy beach, or reserve an Airbnb with a pool in one of the gated communities. If you are more of the hotelier, secure a full-service stay along the Atlantic Coast or in the historic Reno Hotel.

Pro Tip: Book your stay well in advance; waterfront hotels book up quickly.

Related Reading:

• 25 Best Florida RV Parks For Camping
• My 5 Favorite Vacations In Florida Perfect For The Entire Family
• I’m A Grandmother, Here Are The 7 Places I Love To Take My Grandkids In Winter Haven, Florida

Rome has a rich history and vibrant culture that can transport you to a different era. Long before I ever visited Rome, what I knew of the ancient city came from the movies. I’m a classic movie buff, and Roman Holiday, the 1953 romantic comedy, is my favorite film.

The story unfolds as Princess Ann, who, during a visit to Rome, escapes her guardians to explore the city. Enter a handsome newspaper reporter who whisks her away on the back of his Vespa. I’ll never forget the images of iconic landmarks in the eternal city whizzing by as the movie unfolds.

On a recent visit, I found that exploring Rome by Vespa Sidecar Tour can make you feel like you’re living a similar fantasy. 

My private Vespa Sidecar Tour was provided by Anantara Palazzo Naiadi as part of a hosted stay at the beautiful hotel. As always, all opinions are my own.

The Vespa Sidecar Tour 

The Vespa Sidecar tour offers a unique way to discover the city’s famous landmarks, hidden gems, and picturesque squares. As you motor through the bustling city, you can imagine yourself as Audrey Hepburn’s character, Princess Ann, embarking on her own Roman adventure. 

The company’s owner, Luca Di Trapano, explained that the Vespa Sidecar Tour was born in a flash of inspiration after 2 decades of giving tours in Rome. He thought the concept was genius but later learned his idea was 45 years too late.

The makers of the Vespa stopped producing the model equipped with a sidecar in 1968. Not easily deterred, he persevered and brought his dream to reality. Since 2018, Luca has welcomed over 20,000 passengers on board without a single accident. He told me, “It is like having sailed through the streets of Rome with four or five gigantic cruise ships!”

The tours are 3 hours, depending on traffic. The price is 110 euros per person (about $117) on the small group tour (12 guests max). You can take the tour solo as I did or with a companion or group. Trade places halfway through for a new perspective. A private tour’s price depends on the number of guests.

Here are several reasons why you should explore Rome on this unique Vespa tour.

Easy Meeting Point

Piazza della Repubblica is the tour meeting point. The square is well-connected and easy for drop-offs by taxis and vehicles. Take the subway Line A to the Repubblica-Teatro dell’Opera stop. It’s just a 2-minute walk from the Central Termini Railway Station.

Pro Tip: If you want somewhere to stay close by, I recommend Anantara Palazzo Naiadi Rome Hotel. A restored 19th-century, crescent-shaped palazzo, it fronts Piazza della Repubblica, where the Vespa tour starts. At the assigned time, I met my guide, Alessio, at the concierge desk. My chariot, i.e. baby blue Vespa, was waiting just outside.

The Iconic Landmarks Of Rome

Exploring the highlights of the Eternal City, we visited 12 sights, including the Spanish Steps, Piazza del Popolo, and the Borghese Gardens. There were several opportunities to stop, stretch our legs, and linger, including the Trevi Fountain and the Pantheon.

It’s A Blast!

When exploring the beautiful city of Rome, I loved all the astonished looks on people’s faces as we made our way down tight alleys and broad avenues. I felt like a movie star — everyone was smiling, waving, and snapping our photo. We must have been quite a sight; something special to share with family members when you get home.

Avoid The Crowds

What’s the best way to avoid crowds and see a different side of Rome? See it on a Vespa! If you’re fearless, you could rent one yourself. But my advice? Enlist a pro. You will feel much safer riding next to or behind someone who understands the ins and outs of Rome’s streets, where locals think traffic lanes are merely suggestions.

It’s A Beautiful Ride

The Vespa is a classic: These stunning coupes from Italy are iconic on the streets of Rome. Piaggio & Co. started making the Vespa after WWII as cheap, affordable transportation. Eventually, in 1953, the hit movie Roman Holiday showed the world how great a Vespa could be, resulting in record sales. Like the Colosseum, the Italian scooter has remained a part of Italy’s landscape. You will feel like an authentic Italian in the sidecar of a Vespa.

Unique And Unforgettable Way To See The Eternal City 

Unlike larger vehicles, a Vespa can easily maneuver through tight spaces, allowing you to see more of the city’s hidden gems and local hotspots. As you zip through the streets, you’ll experience the city in an exciting and unique way. Your guide will share his knowledge of the city’s history and culture, providing insights into the backstories of the pivotal figures in the Roman Empire.

A Driver And Official Guide Rolled Into One

My driver, Alessio, wasn’t just a history buff: He’s also an official guide, which means he’s been trained to lead tours and provide in-depth information on all the sites you’ll see. He knows how to keep you engaged, entertained, and informed, making your Vespa tour an unforgettable experience. Throughout the tour, he shared fascinating facts, historical anecdotes, and his favorite neighborhoods and restaurants. With his expertise and passion for sharing the city’s rich history, you’ll have a one-of-a-kind adventure that you’ll remember for years to come. 

Radio-Connected Modern Whispers

As we cruised along the streets of Rome, Alessio provided commentary directly into my ear through a modern whisper system. He pointed out the window overlooking St. Peter’s Square where the Pope makes his Sunday address. It was chilling to see the balcony above the Piazza Venezia, where Mussolini delivered his most famous speech, the declaration of war on France and Britain in 1940.

A Sense Of Freedom And Excitement

Take in Rome’s sights, sounds, and smells from the open-air Vespa sidecar. You can enjoy the warm breeze on your face, witness the daily life of Romans, and immerse yourself in the city’s timeless beauty. 

Pro Tip: Three hours is about the right amount of time to get a taste of Rome. I saw much more than I would in a walking tour, and it was a better experience than a hop-on, hop-off bus tour — we could go where large coaches could not.

I Felt Safe 

The guides are expert drivers and the top-class helmets have face shields and disposable head covers. The passenger wears a seatbelt with a shoulder harness. We traveled at the most 24 miles per hour; just the right pace. Once you are on board, your unease fades away as you sit back, hold on, and enjoy the thrill of exploring Rome on a Vespa.

The Hidden Gems Of Rome

Rome is one of the most beautiful places in Italy and a real bucket-list destination. But allow some time to visit the hidden gems many tourists miss. Janiculum Hill, called the “Eighth Hill of Rome,” is a beautiful, often overlooked area with the best views of Rome. It’s a bit of a climb on foot, but on a Vespa, sit back and enjoy the ride. Piazzale Garibaldi in the center has the Giuseppe Garibaldi Monument with a cannon that fires daily at noon. Don’t miss the 17th-century Aqua Paola Fountain.

Cappuccino And Cornetto 

After visiting the Pantheon, we stopped for a cappuccino and cornetto, the traditional Roman breakfast choice. Our baby blue Vespa was parked nearby and I enjoyed watching how much attention it got from passersby. On the afternoon tours, customers are offered gelato instead.

Unforgettable Experience 

This is the perfect gift for someone who has done everything and an unforgettable experience for curious travelers of all ages. You will carry home remarkable moments and fun memories. 

Would I recommend Vespa Sidecar Tour? Absolutely. If this had been my first time in Rome, it would have given me a good overview of the places I would like to return to for a deeper dive. I have been to Rome several times, but until now, I’ve never seen the eternal beauty of Rome from the seat of a Vespa sidecar. And the coin I tossed into the Trevi Fountain guarantees I’ll be back.

Related Reading: 

• 9 Ways To Avoid Looking Like A Tourist In Rome
• 7 Unexpected And Unforgettable Attractions You Need To See In Rome
• 7 Best Places To Indulge In Dolce Far Niente While Visiting Rome

Discover the natural wonders of the United States with our list of 15 beautiful beaches, as nominated and voted on by the readers of TravelAwaits in our annual Best Of Travel Awards. These stunning coastal destinations, scattered across the country, offer pristine shores, crystal-clear waters, and breathtaking vistas that are sure to captivate beach lovers of all kinds.

1. Ogunquit Beach (Winner)

Ogunquit, Maine

Located in Ogunquit, Maine, Ogunquit Beach is the winner of TravelAwaits‘ 2023 Best Of Travel Award for Best Beach in the U.S. This gorgeous New England beach boasts soft white sand, gentle surf, and stunning cliffside views. Stretching 3 miles along the Atlantic Ocean, the beach is actually made up of three beaches: Main Beach, Footbridge Beach, and North Beach.

Popular amongst visitors seeking a tranquil seaside escape, this quaint coastal Maine town makes for a beautiful stop on a coastal Maine road trip. Home to a lively art scene, the adorable New England town features galleries, theaters, and great dining spots. TravelAwaits contributor Melissa Curtain recommends the steamed lobster at Barnacle Billy’s. Have a slice of the state dessert, blueberry pie made with Maine’s tiny wild berries, or sample ice cream in regional flavors such as butter pecan, rum raisin, peppermint stick, and black raspberry — and be sure to ask for jimmies on top!

2. Chatham Lighthouse Beach

Chatham, Massachusetts

Speaking of adorable New England towns, Lighthouse Beach, our runner up this year for best beach in the U.S., can be found in charming Chatham. This Cape Cod beach makes for a lovely stop on a Boston road trip. In addition to its eponymous lighthouse, this pristine beach boasts picturesque dunes and calm waters, making it perfect for a relaxing day by the ocean — especially if you’re into lighthouses!

3. Wingaersheek Beach

Gloucester, Massachusetts

Another gem in Massachusetts, Wingaersheek Beach is one of several beautiful beaches in gorgeous Gloucester. Located on the North Shore, this wide sandy beach is punctuated by enormous boulders at low tide. An expansive shoreline, warm tidal pools, and soft sand make Wingaersheek Beach a favorite for sunbathing and exploring. Offering natural beauty and family-friendly amenities, it’s a wonderful spot to spend the entire day out of the flow of downtown Gloucester Harbor.

4. Cannon Beach

Cannon Beach, Oregon

Situated along the Oregon Coast, Cannon Beach captivates visitors with its rugged beauty and iconic Haystack Rock. Adorned with dramatic sea stacks and surrounded by lush forests, this beach offers a mesmerizing backdrop for beachcombing and breathtaking sunsets.

One of the most recognized landmarks in all of Oregon, Haystack Rock is the star of the shore, rising over 200 feet out of the ocean. At low tide, you can walk right up to the dramatic lava formation to see just how mysterious and mesmerizing it really is. Speaking of tides, this beach is also a great spot to observe King Tides. The area is one of Oregon’s designated Marine Gardens and is an Oregon Islands National Wildlife Refuge.

5. Huntington State/City Beach

Huntington State/City Beach, California

Some surfers must’ve been voting in our Best Of Travel Awards. Otherwise, how would Huntington State Beach in sunny southern California make this list? In addition to excellent surfing conditions, this vibrant beach offers a lively atmosphere and a beautiful pier that stretches out into the Pacific Ocean.

Long known as Surf City USA, this is where legends come to ride the waves. But there’s plenty more to do, like riding rental bikes along The Strand — a paved path that follows the beach for miles — popping into bars and restaurants along the way. Bring your own yoga mat to practice on the beach!

6. Siesta Key Beach

Siesta Key, Florida

Renowned for its powdery white sands, Siesta Beach consistently ranks among the best beaches in the United States, winning our Best Of Travel Award for best beach in the U.S. in 2021, then falling to second in 2022, and now coming in at sixth place. Situated in Siesta Key on Florida’s Gulf Coast, Siesta Beach offers warm turquoise waters, shallow swimming areas, and ample recreational opportunities, making it a tantalizing tropical paradise for beach enthusiasts.

Warm gulf waters allow for year-round water activities, including snorkeling, jet skiing, and parasailing. Rent a canoe, kayak, or stand-up paddleboard, or just spend a relaxing beach day on the stunning quartz sand.

7. Clearwater Beach

Clearwater, Florida

Speaking of popular Florida beach towns, Clearwater is just a couple hours up the road on the other side of St. Pete. Just a short drive from Tampa, this family-friendly destination offers a range of activities, from dolphin watching to water sports, ensuring a memorable beach experience. Thanks to its soft sand, warm Gulf of Mexico waters, and a lively beachfront scene, Clearwater Beach is widely regarded as one of the best beaches in Florida.

As TravelAwaits contributor Tom Wuckovich — who lives in the Tampa Bay Area — attests, “The waves are gentle, the water an Alice blue, and there are amenities to entertain every member of the family. The magnificent Pier 60 is over 1,000 feet long and features a bait house and a telescope for viewing the glorious sunsets. Recreational options nearby include a playground for the little ones, craft shows, musicians, and jugglers.”

Pro Tip: “Don’t bring alcohol in your cooler,” warns another TravelAwaits contributor and former Tampa Bay resident Fred Mays. “The beach is patrolled and they will make you dump your beers in the trash.”

8. Ka’anapali Beach

Lahaina, Hawaii

On the beautiful Island of Maui, Ka’anapali Beach showcases the best of Hawaii’s natural beauty. With its golden sand, palm-fringed shoreline, and crystal-clear waters, it’s a paradise for sun worshippers and water enthusiasts alike. If you are staying at a classic West Maui resort, just take the Ka’anapali Beach Walk Trail to the beach.

Once owned by Hawaiian sugar barons, the miles of soft white sand and turquoise water are punctuated by world class resorts, private cabanas, and all of the water toys you can imagine. The quintessential Hawaiian beachside vacation getaway, Ka’anapali Beach is perfect for swimming, snorkeling, sunning, paddle boarding, boogie boarding, and more. It’s also one of the best places to watch the sunset on Maui and lies along the migration path of majestic humpback whales from the northern Pacific. During winter and spring, you can try to spot a whale from the shore or book a whale-watching tour.

9. Waikīkī Beach

Honolulu, Hawaii

No list of beautiful beaches in the U.S. would be complete without mentioning Waikīkī Beach in Honolulu, Hawaii. In fact, this bustling beach was last year’s winner. Known for its legendary surf breaks, iconic Diamond Head backdrop, and vibrant atmosphere, this beloved destination combines natural beauty with urban charm. Everyone from fun-loving sun-seekers to families and the beautiful yet bougie see-and-be-seen crowd can be found along this long stretch of sandy beach.

10. Trunk Bay

St. John, U.S. Virgin Islands

Escape to the U.S. Virgin Islands and discover the pristine beauty of Trunk Bay in St. John, which also made our list in 2021 and 2022. Nestled within Virgin Islands National Park, this secluded paradise boasts crystal-clear turquoise waters, powdery white sand, and lush tropical foliage. Dreamy, breathtaking views make it one of the most photographed beaches on the U.S. Virgin Islands.

Snorkelers are drawn to Trunk Bay’s self-guided Underwater Snorkeling Trail, but even if you’re not into exploring the coral reefs offshore, this tropical paradise makes for a wonderful weekend getaway — no passport required!

11. Coronado Beach

Coronado, California

With its wide sandy shores, gentle waves, and stunning views of the iconic Hotel del Coronado, Coronado Beach can be found on southern California’s Coronado Island. Perfect for sunbathing, picnicking, and strolling along the picturesque shoreline, this idyllic beach is consistently ranked by Dr. Beach as one of the Top 10 U.S. Beaches.

Pro Tip: “Be on the lookout for fabulous sandcastles at the Hotel Del beach,” says TravelAwaits contributor Sharon Odegaard.

12. Glen Haven Beach

Sleeping Bear Dunes, Glen Haven, Michigan

Tucked away on the edge of Sleeping Bear Bay in Michigan’s Sleeping Bear Dunes National Lakeshore, Glen Haven Beach offers a serene escape surrounded by natural beauty. Visitors can enjoy sunbathing on the pebbly shore, exploring the nearby historic village, and marveling at the towering dunes that provide a stunning backdrop.

13. Punalu’u Black Sand Beach

Punalu’u, Hawaii

Venture to the Big Island of Hawaii and discover the unique beauty of Punalu’u Black Sand Beach. With its jet-black sands created by volcanic activity, this beach is a striking contrast to traditional sandy shores. Visitors can spot sea turtles basking in the sun and explore the captivating coastal landscape.

14. Kiawah Beachwalker Park

Kiawah Island, South Carolina

Located on Kiawah Island in South Carolina, Kiawah Beachwalker Park is a pristine coastal oasis. This expansive beach boasts unspoiled sand dunes, thriving wildlife, and a peaceful atmosphere. Nature lovers can spot a variety of bird species and enjoy miles of undisturbed shoreline.

15. Mid Beach

Tybee Island, Georgia

Off the coast of Savannah, Georgia, lies the charming Mid Beach on Tybee Island. Known for its laid-back ambiance and beautiful stretches of sand, this beach offers a tranquil retreat for those seeking relaxation. Visitors can soak up the sun, take leisurely walks, and savor the coastal charm.

Read more from our 2023 Best Of Travel Awards as well as our favorite beach content, including:

If your summer travel plans call for a visit to Hawaii, be sure to see at least one of the better-known national parks: Hawaii Volcanoes, Haleakala, or Pearl Harbor Memorial.

Also know that there are several other tucked-away and less-visited park sites that highlight a remarkable Hawaiian historical and cultural legacy. During my 6 years as a park ranger in Hawaii, I explored these parks and developed a greater appreciation and understanding of this significant legacy.

1. Pu’uhonua O Hōnaunau National Historical Park

Puʻuhonua o Hōnaunau is a National Historical Park located along the Kona Coast on the Big Island of Hawaii. This site is one of the most revered places in Hawaiian history and, for generations, offered refuge to those who broke the kapu (religious) laws or were fleeing from civil strife. Warriors and civilians caught up in these dangerous situations could be guaranteed safety and forgiveness. The concept of seeking asylum and finding a place of refuge is strongly rooted in Polynesian tradition and was brought by early voyagers who established a distinctive Hawaiian culture on the islands.

You can explore the park via several options. A half-mile, self-guided walking tour takes you through the Royal Grounds — an area formerly reserved for the aliʻi (chiefs). In addition, an audio tour is available that covers the same area as the walking tour and provides an audio interpretation. Access this version by downloading the National Park Service app from either the App Store or Google Play.

On this walk, be sure to see the small bay known as Keone’ele Cove. The cove’s coral sand beach is where the aliʻi would arrive by canoe and spend their days tending to the religious and civic matters of the islands.

For those interested in a longer hike, the 2-mile round-trip along the 1871 Trail to Kiʻilae Village is a great option. The trail follows the coast with dramatic views of pali (cliffs) and cultural features from both ancient and modern eras. Begin your trek by stopping at the visitor center for a map and directions to the trailhead.

Another striking feature of the park is the Pā Puʻuhonua (Great Wall). The immense wall structure — 12 feet tall, 18 feet wide, and over 950 feet long — was built over 400 years ago using lava rocks fitted together so precisely that no mortar was used in its construction. 

Of all the parks I worked at and visited, this is by far my favorite. Once I left the visitor center area, I felt an immediate sense of peace and serenity while walking along the trails.

Pro Tips: When visiting this and other parks, be sure to take water, snacks, sunscreen, and sturdy footwear. Most trail surfaces are either coarse, coral sand, rough lava rock, or a combination of both.

2. Kaloko-Honokōhau National Historical Park

Also located on the Big Island (Hawaii), 2 miles from Kailua-Kona International Airport, is Kaloko-Honokōhau. The park preserved a typical Hawaiian kauhale (village) from the pre-European contact (before 1778). Life in the village was one of hardship, balance, and harmony with the environment. The people followed an ancient tradition of ahupua’a (land allocation) that extended from the mountains to the sea and included all the necessary ingredients to sustain life. A system of trade existed between each ahupua’a that exchanged items from the sea (fish, shellfish, and coral) for items from the mountains (taro, breadfruit, and mulberry shrub) for making cloth. Extended families depended on each other and this system functioned for centuries to the benefit of all.

The National Park Service now protects many of the features that sustained the ancients’ existence. One of these features is the use of aquaculture to harvest fish. The system consisted of enclosing a small bay with a rock wall and a gate to allow fish to enter and become trapped for use by the people of the kauhale.

The park has undertaken a long-term project to rebuild this wall and restore it to its original state. Studies have shown the wall was once 30–40 feet wide, 6 feet tall, and over 700 feet long. Hawaiians also raised fish in carefully constructed fish ponds. These ponds represent some of the finer points in Hawaiian culture. Nowhere else in Polynesia are fish ponds more numerous or developed. They bear witness to the remarkable engineering skills and management in the art of aquaculture.

When you visit the park, take time to see this great engineering feat. Consider how many rocks were transported and carefully stacked to produce this immense wall and the coordinated effort to maintain it so that the kauhale could produce fish for the entire ahupua’a.

The creation of this park is a collaboration between the Native Hawaiian community and the National Park Service to restore the spirit of cultural identity through its preservation and management. The Hawaiian culture has struggled through many periods of adversity and its spirit remains strong because of this partnership. Contact the Hale Hoʻokipa — the park’s visitor center — for additional information.

3. Pu’ukohola Heiau National Historical Site

Just minutes away from some of the most lavish resorts in Hawaii, this historical site — along the Big Island’s Kailua-Kona Coast — was the serene home of Hawaiian royalty.

For centuries, rival warriors fought to gain control and rule all of the islands. On Hawaii island, following the death of an exalted chief, his son and nephew waged a familial struggle over who was to rule. This led to open warfare and plunged the island into a bitter civil war not only for control of this island but for the other islands as well. Finally, Kamehameha I, perhaps the greatest Hawaiian leader, was told of a prophecy by a kahuna (priest) that if he built a heiau (temple) on top of a hill called Pu’ukohola, he would triumph over his cousin and unite the islands into one kingdom. Several years later, after having finished construction of the heiau, Kamehameha fulfilled the prophecy and became king of all of the islands.

Today, this sacred temple is part of the Puʻukoholā Heiau National Historical Site which preserves the legacy of this crucial portion of Hawaiian history. Below the heiau is the Pelekane — the Royal Courtyard. Stroll among the trees and walk the grounds of this beautiful portion of the park.

There is a great, half-mile loop trail that begins near the visitor center. The trail leads you the Pu’ukohola Heiau and several other cultural sites before returning to the visitor center.

Another option is hiking a portion of the Ala Kahakai National Historic Trail to the Pelekane. There you can walk in the footsteps of Hawaiian royalty. The Royal Courtyard is the location of cultural festivals and an excellent place to watch sharks cruising just offshore.

Pro Tip: In winter, this is an excellent spot to see humpback whales. Starting in November, these large mammals travel some 3,000 miles from feeding grounds in Alaska waters to Hawaii where they breed and give birth. In May, they return north to begin the cycle again. I have fond memories of watching these giants just a few hundred yards offshore, breaching high out of the water and returning with a gigantic splash.

Be sure to check out the park calendar as well as the website for special programs, whale watching, cultural activities, and other experiences. 

This historic site gives you the opportunity amid warm breezes and the soft sound of breaking surf to slow down and ponder how life must have been for these early Hawaiians. Sit for a moment and breathe in the spirit of their culture.

Visiting these three park sites gives you a sense of how ancient Hawaiians valued a system of refuge and asylum, and a feeling for their royalty, and how they used aquaculture and other means to survive for centuries.

Related Reading:

• I Went In Search Of Elvis’s Hawaii — This Is What I Found
• 7 Things You Need To Know Before Visiting Diamond Head On Oahu, Hawaii
• 11 Best Things To Do In Oahu For Solo Travelers

From the classic flavors of Texas to the tangy sauces of Kansas City and the authentic tastes of Memphis, barbecue is an American culinary tradition. Narrowing barbecue joints down to the best of the best is no easy feat. That’s why TravelAwaits turned to our readers to help identify the best barbecue restaurants across the U.S. in our 2023 Best Of Travel Awards.

These winners have impressed our readers with their exceptional flavors, mouthwatering meats, and authentic techniques. Prepare your taste buds for a journey through the 14 best barbecue restaurants in the U.S., which are sure to please your palate.

1. C.H.O.P. Clay’s House Of Pig (Winner)

Tupelo, Mississippi

Winner, winner, barbecue dinner! Located in Tupelo, Mississippi, Clay’s House Of Pig, aka C.H.O.P., has earned a well-deserved reputation for serving up some of the most delicious barbecue in the region, and our readers say it’s the best in the U.S.! With a focus on slow-cooked, tender meats and a variety of homemade sauces, this family-owned establishment has become a favorite among locals, visitors, and TravelAwaits readers.

What To Order

Whether on a potato or nachos, or in a sandwich or quesadilla, you can’t go wrong with the brisket.

2. Black’s Barbecue

New Braunfels, Texas

For over 85 years, Black’s Barbecue has been serving up traditional Texas barbecue at its finest. With four Texas Hill Country locations, this legendary establishment prides itself on its pit-smoked meats, including succulent brisket and juicy sausages, all accompanied by classic sides and a friendly, welcoming atmosphere.

What To Order

Enjoy hand-stuffed, slow-smoked homemade sausage and bring your appetite for the giant beef ribs — which weigh about a pound each!

3. Joe’s Kansas City Bar-B-Que

Kansas City, Kansas

Don’t let its neighborhood corner gas station locale fool you. Joe’s Kansas City Bar-B-Que is a must-visit destination for barbecue enthusiasts. Formerly known as Oklahoma Joe’s, this iconic spot now has three outposts in Kansas City. Mouthwatering burnt ends, succulent ribs, and flavorful sauces have earned Joe’s numerous accolades and a devoted following.

What To Order

The Rocket Pig sandwich features Joe’s tender pulled pork coated in a delectable sweet and spicy barbecue glaze topped with crispy bacon, melted pepper jack cheese, a creamy barbecue mayo, and spicy fried jalapeños.

4. Franklin Barbecue

Austin, Texas

When it comes to barbecue, Franklin Barbecue in Austin, Texas, is the mecca. This nationally acclaimed establishment has garnered widespread recognition for its perfectly smoked meats; particularly the melt-in-your-mouth brisket.

Pro Tip: Get there early — the line is long, but it’s well worth the wait!

What To Order

Cooked slowly with all-wood smoke, the beef brisket is consistently the best there is, anywhere.

5. Arthur Bryant’s Barbeque

Kansas City, Missouri

A Kansas City institution, Arthur Bryant’s Barbeque is known for its iconic burnt ends and tangy sauce. This no-frills counter-service joint has been serving up exceptional old-school pit-cooked barbecue for decades. Although the King of Ribs has left the building, this historic restaurant continues to delight locals and tourists with its mouthwatering offerings that are slow-smoked over a combo of oak and hickory woods.

What To Order

Split the sandwich combo — half beef, half pork, or ham — with a side of fries, baked beans, and a red cream soda.

6. The Bar-B-Q Shop

Memphis, Tennessee

A beloved gem in a city renowned for its barbecue, The Bar-B-Q Shop is famous for its award-winning Dancing Pigs sauce, tender ribs, and succulent pulled pork. This family-owned establishment showcases the authentic flavors that make Memphis barbecue truly special.

What To Order

Get the half-and-half ribs to see if you prefer “wet” with sauce or dry rub served with Texas toast. Then, be sure to upgrade your side to the famous Bar-B-Q spaghetti. For dessert, there’s banana pudding cheesecake and the chocolate silk pie — oh my!

7. Pappy’s Smokehouse

St. Louis, Missouri

Pappy’s Smokehouse in St. Louis’s Midtown has gained a loyal following thanks to its expertly smoked meats and delectable flavors. From their renowned dry-rubbed ribs to the flavorful pulled pork, Pappy’s delivers barbecue perfection with every bite, earning it a spot among the best in the nation.

What To Order

Try some burnt ends with sweet potato fries, fire and ice pickles, and fried corn on the cob or a Frito pie topped with pulled pork.

8. Central BBQ

Memphis, Tennessee

Central BBQ has become synonymous with exceptional barbecue in the hardwood capital that is Memphis. The motto, “Smoke is Our Sauce,” refers to the hickory and pecan woods that produce mouthwatering ribs and pulled pork, but there are a variety of homemade sauces available as well! The real rub is in Central BBQ’s smoky, spicy signature rub that tantalizes the taste buds and keeps our readers coming back for more.

What To Order

We recommend either the jerk chicken wings or the fall-off-the-bone ribs with house chips or pork rinds.

9. Charlie Vergos’ Rendezvous

Memphis, Tennessee

Located in downtown Memphis, Tennessee, The Rendezvous is a true barbecue institution. Since 1948, this iconic restaurant has been serving up its signature dry-rubbed ribs, cooked to perfection over charcoal. The unique blend of spices creates a flavor profile that is both robust and unforgettable, making it a must-visit destination for barbecue enthusiasts.

What To Order

You can’t go wrong with the melt-in-your-mouth brisket and exquisite dry-rub ribs with juicy tender meat that has a great bark. A small order of charbroiled pork ribs comes with baked beans and mustard slaw, but the red beans and rice are also delish!

10. Cackle & Oink BBQ

Sherman, Texas

Located in Sherman, Texas, between Dallas and the Oklahoma border, Cackle & Oink BBQ is a hidden gem that consistently delivers exceptional barbecue. With a focus on quality ingredients and time-honored smoking techniques, this family-owned establishment offers a delectable array of meats, including tender-sliced brisket, juicy pork ribs, and flavorful jalapeño sausage, all complemented by their mouthwatering homemade sauces.

What To Order

Order the Cackle and Oink to get a sampling of pulled pork, a smoked leg quarter, and a sausage link, as well as two sides. Good luck choosing between the ridiculously delicious jalapeño cornbread casserole, green beans, black-eyed peas, and boiled cabbage!

11. The Notorious P.I.G.

Missoula, Montana

In the unlikely location of Missoula, Montana, you’ll find the Notorious P.I.G., a barbecue joint that surprises and delights with its authentic flavors. Passionate, dedicated pitmasters combine traditional smoking methods and locally sourced ingredients to create inventive and rich barbecue dishes. Sauces range from sweet and hot-tomato-based to a North Carolina hot vinegar sauce.

What To Order

Order some tender and flavorful burnt ends with spicy pit-baked beans, tasty deviled-egg potato salad, fire and ice pickles, and yummy cinnamon applesauce. Might as well get a sweet tea, too; you won’t see that on many Montana menus.

12. ZZQ Texas Craft Barbeque

Richmond, Virginia

Despite being located far from the Lone Star State, ZZQ Texas Craft Barbeque in Richmond, Virginia, has mastered the art of Texas-style barbecue. Using sustainably raised meats and time-honored techniques, this unique establishment serves up mouthwatering brisket, sausage, and ribs, all cooked low and slow for that perfect smoky flavor.

What To Order

Order beef ribs, jalapeño mac and cheese, and collard greens online and take it out back to the patio, where barbecue-hued whiffs waft from the huge smoker.

13. The Salt Lick

Driftwood, Texas

Nestled in the Texas Hill Country outside of Austin, Salt Lick is a true barbecue destination. Surrounded by oak trees, this legendary establishment offers an authentic family-style Texas barbecue experience. Feast on famous pit-smoked meats, such as succulent beef ribs and mouthwatering sausage, while enjoying the warm and inviting indoor/outdoor picnic-style atmosphere.

Pro Tip: There are no reservations, so be prepared to wait with a cooler; it is BYOB. Hopefully, there will be live music! Also, they only accept cash.

What To Order

Go “Family Style” for all-you-can-eat beef brisket, sausage, and pork ribs, served with potato salad, cole slaw, and beans. Save room for cobbler and/or pecan pie à la mode!

14. Big Bob Gibson Bar-B-Q

Decatur, Alabama

In the heart of Decatur, Alabama, Big Bob Gibson Bar-B-Q has been serving up award-winning barbecue since 1925. The secret to such a rich history of culinary excellence? It’s all in barbecue legend Big Bob Gibson’s signature white sauce.

What To Order

This iconic establishment offers a myriad of mouthwatering meats, from juicy smoked chicken to flavorful pulled pork. But we recommend getting the stuffed potato so you’ll have room for pie!

Showcasing the diversity and passion that define American barbecue, these Best Of Travel Award-winning barbecue restaurants have truly impressed our readers with a dedication to the craft of cooking low and slow, from the South to the Midwest and beyond.

Read more from our 2023 Best Of Travel Awards.

From now through May 30, the popular outdoor adventure app AllTrails is offering half off its premium version — AllTrails+ — to celebrate Memorial Day.

Whether you’re an avid hiker, a trail runner, or simply someone who enjoys spending time in nature, AllTrails+ provides invaluable tools that enhance your outdoor experiences. Here are all the details!

AllTrails Who?

AllTrails has established itself as a leading platform that helps individuals find their way outside, offering detailed reviews and inspiration from a global community of trail-goers. With over 50 million avid trail-goers, more than 400,000 curated trails, and an astonishing 750+ million logged miles, AllTrails has become a trusted resource for outdoor enthusiasts seeking authentic experiences in nature. The platform boasts an impressive 900,000+ five-star reviews and fosters a vibrant global community.

Upgrade To AllTrails+ To Take Advantage Of These Perks

While AllTrails offers a free version of its app, AllTrails+ takes the experience to the next level with its premium features. Gain access to offline maps, immersive trail previews, and other outdoor adventure-enhancing tools for $17.99 a year (that’s a dollar and a half a month!).

Here are some key features AllTrails+ offers:

1. Save Time Finding Trails Near You

With AllTrails+, you can quickly and easily find trails in your vicinity. Whether you have just an hour to spare or an entire day, the app allows you to discover trails that fit your schedule, ensuring you can make the most of your available time.

2. Be Prepared With Extra Planning Tools

AllTrails+ equips you with additional planning tools that enhance your outdoor experience. From real-time weather overlays to trail difficulty ratings and user reviews, you can gather all the information you need to prepare for your adventure.

3. Never Miss A Turn — Even Without Service

Explore new trails confidently, knowing that you have access to detailed maps right at your fingertips. One of the standout features of AllTrails+ is the ability to download maps ahead of time. This means you can navigate trails even without cell service, ensuring you never miss a turn or lose your way. The ability to download offline maps ensures that you can navigate even in remote areas without worrying about losing your way. It provides peace of mind that allows you to focus on enjoying the beautiful scenery.

4. 3D Maps Help Plan And Visualize Your Adventure

AllTrails+ offers an immersive experience with 3D maps, bringing an exciting dimension to trip planning. By viewing the trail map in 3D, you can get a better feel for the terrain and elevation before you even set foot on the trail. Not only does this feature allow you to better prepare for your adventure, but it also helps you choose trails that match your fitness level and preferences.

5. Weather Overlays

Stay ahead of Mother Nature with AllTrails+ real-time weather overlays. Keep track of weather conditions along your chosen trail and make necessary adjustments to your plans, ensuring a safe and enjoyable experience regardless of the forecast.

6. Printed Maps Offer Convenience And Flexibility

For those who prefer to leave technology behind or want a backup option, AllTrails+ enables you to print maps directly from the app. Having a physical copy of the map can be a valuable resource, especially in areas with limited connectivity or when you want to minimize screen time.

7. Immersive Trail Previews Take Trip Planning To A New Level (NEW!)

Get a feel for the trail before you even set foot on it by checking out terrain details, specific elevation points, and an immersive preview of the trail. This valuable insight allows you to choose trails that align with your preferences and abilities, and make informed decisions about which trails to explore.

8. Wrong-Turn Alerts

The wrong-turn alerts feature is a game-changer for those who want to immerse themselves in the surroundings without constantly checking the map. By receiving notifications only when you veer off the intended path, you can focus on enjoying the breathtaking views and the tranquility of nature.

Kick Off Summer With Half Off AllTrails+

With AllTrails+, outdoor enthusiasts can unlock a whole new level of adventure and exploration. The Memorial Day sale is the perfect opportunity to upgrade to AllTrails+ and take advantage of these exclusive features. By subscribing to AllTrails+ during the Memorial Day sale, users can enjoy 50 percent off the regular price and embark on their summer adventures with confidence and convenience.

Don’t miss out on this incredible opportunity to save and upgrade your outdoor exploration. Visit the AllTrails website or download the app now through May 30 to take advantage of this Memorial Day offer. Embrace the beauty of nature, discover new trails, and make lasting memories with AllTrails+ by your side.

When it comes to exploring the great outdoors, state parks offer a plethora of recreational activities and natural wonders, from breathtaking waterfalls to stunning canyons and sandy dunes. Whether you’re an avid hiker, wildlife enthusiast, or simply seeking a peaceful escape into nature, our country’s diverse range of state parks cater to every adventurer’s taste.

Narrowing them down to the best of the best would be an impossible task, which is why we asked our readers to nominate and vote for the best state parks to visit in the U.S. in our annual Best Of Travel Awards. Showcasing the beauty and diversity of America’s landscapes, these 15 state parks are must-visit destinations according to TravelAwaits readers.

1. Franconia Notch State Park (Winner)

Lincoln, New Hampshire

Located in the quaint town of Lincoln in the heart of New Hampshire’s White Mountains, Franconia Notch State Park is a picturesque gem. The park boasts stunning natural formations, including the iconic Flume Gorge and the soaring peaks of the Franconia Range. Visitors can enjoy hiking, fishing, biking, and swimming in Echo Lake.

“This little lake, surrounded by mountains, is completely unexpected and looks like a painting. It’s absolutely gorgeous,” says TravelAwaits writer SJ Morgensen. With its stunning vistas and scenic trails, Franconia Notch State Park offers an unforgettable outdoor experience, especially during the fall!

2. Baxter State Park

Millinocket, Maine

Nestled in the wild of Maine, Baxter State Park is a paradise for outdoor enthusiasts. It is home to Mount Katahdin, the highest peak in the state and the northern terminus of the Appalachian Trail. Hikers can challenge themselves with the strenuous but rewarding climb to the summit, while wildlife enthusiasts can spot moose, black bears, and other native fauna in their natural habitat. Baxter State Park truly encapsulates the raw beauty of the Maine wilderness.

3. Niagara Falls State Park

Niagara Falls, New York

One of the most famous natural wonders in the world, Niagara Falls is a mesmerizing spectacle that attracts millions of visitors each year. Niagara Falls State Park, located in New York, offers a front-row seat to witness the power and grandeur of the falls. Visitors can take boat tours to feel the misty spray on their faces or explore the park’s numerous trails and viewpoints. It’s an awe-inspiring destination that should be on every traveler’s bucket list.

4. Custer State Park

Custer County, South Dakota

Located in the Black Hills of South Dakota, Custer State Park is a treasure trove of scenic beauty and wildlife. The park is known for its large population of bison, which can often be spotted roaming freely across the grasslands. Visitors can drive along the Wildlife Loop Road for a chance to see these majestic creatures up close. The park also offers hiking trails, picturesque lakes, and the iconic Needles Highway (one of the most scenic drives in the U.S.), making it a haven for nature lovers.

5. Red Rock State Park

Sedona, Arizona

Situated in Sedona’s vibrant red rock country, Red Rock State Park is a haven for outdoor enthusiasts and nature photographers. Striking red rock formations, meandering trails, and lush vegetation create a breathtaking landscape. Visitors can hike along the trails, enjoy birdwatching, or simply revel in the park’s serene atmosphere. Red Rock State Park is a must-visit destination for those seeking solace and natural beauty in the desert.

6. Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park

Monterey County, California

Perched on the rugged California coastline, Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park is a slice of paradise. Towering redwoods, picturesque trails, and the Big Sur River create an enchanting atmosphere. Hikers can venture along the renowned Pfeiffer Falls Trail or explore the park’s scenic coastal overlooks. With its serene camping spots and proximity to the iconic Highway 1, Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park is a must-visit destination for nature enthusiasts.

7. Turkey Run State Park

Marshall, Indiana

Located in west-central Indiana, Turkey Run State Park is a hidden gem for outdoor lovers. The park’s sandstone gorges, carved by the flow of Sugar Creek, offer picturesque hiking opportunities. Visitors can traverse scenic trails, cross suspension bridges, and even wade through the creek’s crystal-clear waters. With its unique geological features and diverse wildlife, Turkey Run State Park is a nature lover’s paradise in America’s heartland.

8. Monument Valley Navajo Tribal Park

Navajo County, Arizona

Situated on Navajo Nation land in the Four Corners region, Monument Valley Navajo Tribal Park is an iconic landscape known for its towering sandstone formations. Immortalized in countless movies and photographs, the park’s majestic buttes and mesas rise dramatically from the desert floor. Visitors can embark on guided tours by Navajo guides, ride on horseback through the valley, or capture stunning sunrises and sunsets against the iconic backdrop. Monument Valley is a true symbol of the American West.

9. Valley Of Fire State Park

Clark County, Nevada

Just a short drive from Las Vegas, Valley of Fire State Park in Nevada is a mesmerizing display of vibrant red sandstone formations and ancient petroglyphs. The park’s scenic drives, hiking trails, and camping sites allow visitors to immerse themselves in the surreal beauty of the desert landscape. The fiery hues of the rock formations, particularly at sunset, create a captivating visual experience that shouldn’t be missed.

“The Valley of Fire State Park glows with pink-and-beige-pinstriped waves, rainbow valleys, and crimson arches,” according to TravelAwaits contributor Cindy Barks. “And for some Vegas-style flare, there’s also a whimsical elephant, a fierce spear-thrower, and a beehive valley.”

10. Coral Pink Sand Dunes State Park

Kane County, Utah

Tucked away in southern Utah about half an hour northwest of Kanab, Coral Pink Sand Dunes State Park is a captivating natural wonder that stands in the shadow of the state’s plethora of national parks known as the Mighty Five. Its unique coral-colored sand dunes, formed by wind erosion, create a surreal and otherworldly landscape. Adventure seekers can explore the dunes on off-road vehicles, go sandboarding, or simply take in the serene beauty of the surroundings.

11. Palo Duro Canyon State Park

Canyon, Texas

Known as the “Grand Canyon of Texas,” Palo Duro Canyon State Park is a breathtaking testament to the state’s natural beauty. With its vibrant red cliffs, rugged trails, and abundant wildlife, this park offers a remarkable outdoor experience. It is also home to an iconic hoodoo known as “The Lighthouse.” Visitors can hike, bike, or horseback ride through the park’s scenic trails, or even catch a live performance at the renowned outdoor musical, Texas. Palo Duro Canyon is a true Texas treasure.

12. Deception Pass State Park

Anacortes and Oak Harbor, Washington

The most visited park in Washington State, Deception Pass State Park is about an hour and a half north of Seattle. This true natural gem celebrated its 100th anniversary in 2022. Spanning two islands, the park offers breathtaking views of the rugged coastline, towering cliffs, and the iconic Deception Pass Bridge. Hikers can explore miles of scenic trails, while boaters and kayakers can navigate the pristine waters of the surrounding Puget Sound. With its diverse wildlife, picturesque beaches, and stunning sunsets, Deception Pass State Park is a must-visit destination for outdoor enthusiasts.

13. Katy Trail State Park

Missouri

For cycling enthusiasts and nature lovers, Katy Trail State Park in Missouri offers a unique and immersive experience. Following the path of the former Missouri-Kansas-Texas (MKT) railroad, the park boasts over 240 miles of flat, crushed limestone trails. Spanning nearly the full width of Missouri, it is the nation’s longest continuous rail trail. Cyclists can pedal through picturesque farmland, quaint towns, and lush forests while enjoying stunning views of the Missouri River. Along the trail, there are charming bed and breakfasts, wineries, and local eateries that offer a warm welcome to weary travelers.

14. Bahia Honda State Park

Monroe County, Florida

A short distance south of Seven Mile Bridge in the Florida Keys, Bahia Honda State Park is a tropical paradise. With its crystal-clear turquoise waters, pristine sandy beaches, and abundant marine life, this park is a haven for snorkelers, swimmers, and beachcombers. Visitors can explore the park’s nature trails, kayak through the mangroves, or simply relax on the idyllic beaches.

“It has two campgrounds, one primarily for RVs, the other for tent campers,” TravelAwaits contributor Fred Mays shares in his article, 12 Amazing Outdoor Experiences From Key Largo To Key West. “There is a long, gently sloping beach which is great for families with small children. The water is shallow and protected by the offshore reef. You will also find the remnants of the Old Bahia Honda Bridge that spans the deepest channel in the Keys. Park visitors can walk the bridge to observe beautiful sunrises and sunsets.”

15. Starved Rock State Park

Oglesby, Illinois

Nestled along the banks of the Illinois River, Starved Rock State Park is an outdoor enthusiast’s paradise. Known for its stunning sandstone canyons, waterfalls, and towering bluffs, the park offers a diverse range of activities. Hikers can explore over 13 miles of well-maintained trails, leading to breathtaking viewpoints and hidden waterfalls. During the winter months, visitors can even witness the majestic frozen waterfalls. With its rich Native American history and abundant wildlife, Starved Rock State Park is a natural oasis in the heart of Illinois. Check out these places to stay nearby.

These state parks offer unique natural wonders, outdoor recreational activities, and breathtaking landscapes that showcase the beauty and diversity of America’s state park system. Whether you’re seeking adventure, tranquility, or a deeper connection with nature, these parks will surely leave you with unforgettable memories and a better appreciation for the great outdoors.

Secluded coves, towering cliffs, and the breathtaking scenery of Point Arena make this coastal California destination perfect for a long weekend. Rugged sea stacks, rock-strewn beaches, and windblown cypress trees are a dramatic setting for the historic Point Arena Lighthouse.

More than just a museum and a stop along the coast, Point Arena Light Station hosts overnight guests and weddings, is a whale-watching outpost, is a movie filming location, and still guides ships in the dangerous waters along the coast. The Point Arena Lighthouse, 115 feet tall, is the tallest lighthouse on the Pacific Coast.

Come with me to learn what I loved about staying at this unique destination. Unlike renting a motel room along the highway, staying in a lighthouse is a memorable experience.

How To Get To Point Arena Lighthouse

Point Arena is 134 miles north of San Francisco and 35 miles south of Mendocino on California Highway 1. While this is a beautiful and scenic drive, it will be quicker if you take Highway 101 and cut across to the coast at Santa Rosa, Cloverdale, or Willits. Major airports serve San Francisco and Santa Rosa, and having a vehicle for exploring the area is a must.

This historic lighthouse is located a few miles north of Point Arena on 23 acres of a peninsula that runs a half-mile out to sea.

History And Tradition Of Point Arena Lighthouse

The history of the Point Arena Lighthouse is a story about three light towers, three Fresnel lenses, two fog signal buildings, its lightkeepers and their families, and the great earthquake that changed it all.

The first tower, built of brick in a conical design, was first lit by a fixed first-order Fresnel lens in 1870. The first fog signal building, completed in 1871, added horns as a navigation aid for ships traveling in the fog. Due to erosion on the point, the fog signal building was rebuilt closer to the tower in 1896.

The San Francisco earthquake in 1906 destroyed the tower and Fresnel lens, and the keepers’ dwelling was severely damaged. A temporary tower erected in its place used a second-order Fresnel lens so the station would have light during the reconstruction. The new tower began operation in the fall of 1908 with a rotating first-order Fresnel lens.

Best Time To Go

The best time to visit Point Arena Lighthouse depends on whether you want to avoid crowds or want warmer weather. My husband and I were there in the fall and enjoyed clear skies. 

While the weather on the Mendocino Coast is generally mild, with temperatures in the 50s and 60s, it can be foggy and windy during the summer. The peak summer months of June through August can also be crowded with travelers.

Who Operates Point Arena Lighthouse

Point Arena Lighthouse Keepers, Inc. (PALKI) — a non-profit, membership-based organization — operates the lighthouse. Open to the public 7 days a week, about 40,000 people visit every year. The light station receives no government funds and is not part of the State or National Park system.

Mascots Of Point Arena Light Station

The staff takes great pride in caring for and maintaining the mascots at Point Arena Light Station. While I met Tesla, the dog mascot who barely raised his head to acknowledge my presence, I didn’t see Arena Mina lurking around nor escorting visitors into the tower.

Lodging At Point Arena Light Station

Seven rooms, apartments, and cottages are available to reserve, which require a 2-night minimum stay. All rooms have an incredible California Coast view, free tower tours, and access to the Light Station Store, and Indoor and Outdoor Museums.

Complete furnished kitchens in the Head Keeper’s House, the Assistant Keeper’s House, and the Keeper’s Apartment accommodate your onsite cooking and dining needs. The Keeper’s Room and Bookkeeper’s Room have a mini-fridge and microwave. Point Arena Lighthouse serves no meals.

We chose the modest Keeper’s Room because it has a direct line of sight to the tower. Our cozy room had an electric fireplace, a view of the tower, and a view of the ocean bluffs, with a very comfortable Tempur-Pedic mattress. The night view of the tower was spectacular.

Pro Tip: Some accommodations are pet-friendly and can be configured for ADA guests.

Dining In The Area

The closest restaurant, Rollerville Café (family-owned and -operated) is on Highway 1 at the intersection of Lighthouse Road. Their breakfast was so good that we ate there again the following morning.

Things To Do

The Site Visit Fee provides access to the Point Arena Light Station for guests 12 years and older. This $5 fee (as of Spring 2023) helps to fund the upkeep of this historic light station. It includes the Light Station Store, the Fog Signal Building Museum, and the 23-acre Outdoor Museum. 

Climb The Tower

Tower tours are available for guests over 6 years old for an additional $5 fee. Tours are conducted every 20 minutes, with the first at 10:15 a.m. and the last at 3 p.m. A guide is inside at the top of the tower to answer questions and share information. You can step outside on the balcony for a death-defying unobstructed view of the entire landscape below the tower.

Shop At The Light Station Store

The Light Station Store’s team of four experts has pulled together an impressive collection of memorabilia, clothing, books, and more that blend with the history displays and lore of the Light Station. Sales from this store also help fund the light station operations.

Indoor Museum

Docents begin the tower tour with a presentation through the Indoor Museum housed in the historic Fog Signal Building. The oldest structure on the light station property, the Fog Signal Building, also contains the Light Station Store.

The centerpiece of the museum is the original 1908 1st Order Fresnel lens that was removed from the Tower in 2008. This colorful, multi-faceted display includes lighthouse history and artifacts. The presentation is one of the most informative and well-researched displays I’ve seen.

Outdoor Museum

What I enjoyed most about the Outdoor Museum is that there is unrestricted access and I could visit it anytime. It’s worth visiting in the early morning and the late afternoon. The sun casts shadows differently and the lighting is magical.

Pro Tip: Watch your footing on unpaved grounds. Grass tufts and burrowing animals make the ground cover uneven.

1896 Fog Signal Building

Housing the Light Station Store, the Indoor Museum with the massive 1st Order Fresnel lens, and the Whale Watch Room Gallery, the Fog Signal Building is on the National Register of Historic Places.

Native Plant Garden

The garden showcases native plants that are found on the Coastal Prairie. Whale bones, skulls, and the 1800s-era sailing ship anchor and chain are displayed in the Native Plant Garden.

Picnic Area & Whale Trail Interpretive Panel

The Whale Trail panel is designed to help you identify what you see when the whales are migrating. 

Lighthouse Tower & Monuments

Monuments outside the tower’s base and the plaque on the right of the entrance door claim the honor of the National Register of Historic Places.

Coastal Prairie

Most native plants found between the tower and security fence, and outside the white perimeter ranch fence, were typical of the flora on the coast before cattle grazed here.

Gazebo, Trail, And Sinkhole

Now used as a favorite wedding spot, the gazebo was constructed for the final scene of the 1992 movie Forever Young. 

The sinkhole has eroded 2/3 of the bluff and is not accessible to guests.

Stornetta Perimeter Trail

The faint trail by the white perimeter fence defines the boundary between the Light Station and the Point Arena/Stornetta Lands. The trail takes you to the Druid’s Circle and Labyrinth.

Druid’s Circle

Five locally sourced Mendo Blue pillars, left over from the construction of the Stone Entry Fence, were placed here in homage to Stonehenge and Druids everywhere.

Labyrinth

The Point Arena Labyrinth is the westernmost installation of the Art Line — a series of walkable, interactive outdoor artworks across the heart of America along a 28-mile band centered on the 39th Latitude. Walking the labyrinth was a relaxing experience for me.

Tower Trail And Tower Trail View Bench

From the entry kiosk to the Fog Signal Building, experience the classic view of the lighthouse peninsula, which includes breathtaking coastlines, sea stacks, and ocean waves.

Stone Entry Fence

This one-of-a-kind fence features locally sourced Mendo Blue boulders used for the “posts” and mica schist from the Mojave Desert used for the “pickets.” The wall is free-standing. With the light play, it looks different from every angle.

The Point Arena Light Station is an active United States Coast Guard heliport and fueling station. The landing pad is on the grounds of the Outdoor Museum. 

Activities In And Beyond Point Arena

B Bryan Preserve is a private wildlife preserve on 110 acres in Point Arena. The staff is committed to breeding and maintaining African hoof stock like zebra, giraffe, and antelope. We took a self-guided car safari, drove our vehicle, and added the exciting experience of feeding a giraffe.

Mendocino and Fort Bragg offer picturesque landscapes, architecture, fine dining, health and wellness retreats, and historic train rides.

I have always loved Turkish food. Fortunately, I live in New York City where Turkish restaurants are plentiful and I have traveled to other cities, like Berlin, where Turkish street food is a late-night staple. But, when invited by Go Türkiye to the country formerly known as Turkey, I was excited to satisfy my Turkish food cravings with the real deal in situ.

My 7-day visit was spent entirely in Istanbul, perfect for a multicultural immersion into Turkish food. With its vast Roman, Byzantine, and Ottoman heritage, the city once called Constantinople is a mélange of street treats, Michelin-star recipients and hopefuls, and homestyle dining. Beyond the magic of its mosques, monuments, and hammams, Istanbul is the only city that spans two continents, Europe and Asia, separated by the thin Bosphorus Strait. And, while a modern city in current parlance, Istanbul evidences its 2,500-year history throughout.

The intrepid foodie traveler in me took to this city of contrasts like a bee to lokum, and happily, my thousands of steps balanced out the thousands of calories I ingested on this delicious eating trip.

Here are some of the best foods I ate in Istanbul and where to find them:

1. Lokum 

The delicious candy known as “Turkish Delight” comes in a variety of flavors and consistencies. Jellylike and soft, made with nuts, fruit, and nougat, lokum appears in tempting displays. Merchants will give you a sample if you aren’t sure whether pistachio or fruit is better, and you can ask to have a box vacuum-sealed to take home. You’ll also find mountains of lokum at specialist HazerBaba in both the Spice Bazaar and on Istiklal. For an alternative, try their halva. It’s creamy, soft, and completely different from the dry version you might have had at home.

2. Dondurma

If you’re a fan of TikTok, you might have seen the teasing theatrical presentation of elastic Turkish ice cream that combines entertainment with deliciousness. Dondurma’s consistency is different from customary ice cream or gelato; you can pull it out almost like eating a piece of taffy. On Istiklal Caddesi, the vendors have fun with customers, proffering ice cream in cones and quickly pulling them away, multiple times, in a sort of ice cream dance you’ll want to capture on video. If you’re on the Asian side of the city on Bağdat Avenue, Mado offers a café setting where you can sample the Turkish dessert made chewy with ground-up orchid tubers.

3. Fresh Juices And Drinks

Enticing displays of oranges and pomegranates pop up not just on Istiklal Street but also among the cobblestones of Balat and elsewhere, where a refreshing juice break takes the place of a Coke or maybe even Turkish coffee or tea. More unusual, pickles are an important part of Turkish cuisine, and so is pickle juice. But unlike the alcohol-laced pickleback you might know, made with pickle juice and whiskey, this drink is a pinkish mix of pickle juice and pickled vegetables with a salty, sour overtone. During colder months, sahlep is a popular warm libation of orchid root, milk, sugar, and cinnamon. Think of it as an eggnog you might enjoy at Christmas. It’s available at dedicated stands and at Mado cafés throughout the city.

4. Tea, Coffee, And Sweets 

If cold beverages aren’t your thing, Turkish tea (çay) and coffee are cultural mainstays in Istanbul. Çay is served in small tulip-shaped cups, made with black tea from the northern region of the country. A Turkish coffee experience in Istanbul is just that — an experience. You’ll want to select a traditional “coffee bar” where you can observe the coffee-making process in brass pots, deciding whether you’d like it sweet, medium, or strong. Coffee is served black in a small ceramic cup with a layer of grounds on the bottom. Modern versions of these coffee shops, more akin to Starbucks or Paul, have coffee machines that brew an equally satisfying version of the beans in much less time. 

If you’re in love with the coffee, you can buy a bag of grinds for home preparation from the Spice Bazaar. For the perfect accompaniment, Turkish baklava with pistachios or honey is de rigueur at Gulluoglu Baklavacisi. Suit up with a hair net, gown, and slippers to watch the preparation of the multi-layer pastry, and then visit their family-run café to indulge and buy some to take home if it’s at the end of your trip. (The shelf life is limited and baklava is better eaten when fresh.)

Fun Fact: Did you know that tulips were originally cultivated in Turkey and then exported to the Netherlands? Think about that as you sip tea from your adorable glass.

5. Breakfast 

I don’t usually eat a huge breakfast when I’m home, but in Istanbul, the kahvalti meal is one that you don’t want to miss. You have choices from an expansive buffet, as served at many hotels like the Marmara Pera where I stayed, to the fast-food type which might include pastries or bagel-like creations that may fit better with your style of eating. 

If you opt for the breakfast spread, you’ll enjoy many of my favorite Turkish treats — from cheeses, olives, breads, and fruit to yogurt, tahini, halva, simits (more on that later), and black tea. A truly special experience, the art gallery/restaurant Perispri in the hip Balat quarter features a home-cooked buffet of small breakfast plates from ceramicist-restaurateur Cahide Erel.

When I didn’t feel like stuffing my face early in the day, I stopped for a tea and simit, the Turkish equivalent of a bagel-pretzel. Flatter and covered with sesame seeds, the simit can be filled with cucumbers, meat, cheese, and other items, making it the perfect hands-on breakfast sandwich. Simit stands are ubiquitous in Istanbul or you can choose a dedicated simit shop like Tarihi Galata Simitçisi and watch as they’re individually baked.

Pro Tip: If you enjoy the artwork at Perispri, you can purchase a piece to have shipped home. Unfortunately, the beautiful antiques in the dining area are not for sale.

6. Seafood 

With Istanbul’s proximity to the Mediterranean, Aegean, and Black Seas, wonderful seafood is a given in this bustling city. Along the side streets near Istiklal, you’ll find curious stands selling mussels (midye dolma) stuffed with seasoned rice and served in their shells. It sounds odd to eat mussels while standing up but it was a delicious treat. At the Michelin Bib Gourmand Alaf, Anatolian-style grilled fish was a highlight, adorned with onions and cilantro. The fish was presented in gastro-gourmet fashion on newspaper rather than on plates and paired with high-end Turkish wines like Junus, a blend of syrah, cabernet sauvignon, and merlot from the Aegean. 

If you opt for a cruise on the Bosphorus from Galataport — and you should — there are restaurants nearby that specialize in local seafood like anchovies, sea bass, and red mullet. At the waterfront Ringa Balik in the wealthy Oligark neighborhood, a display greets you to show you the catch of the day. Served along with meze, fish was a healthy choice, particularly after filling up on lokum and baklava.

7. Meze

While on the topic, meze is a way of life in Turkish restaurants. At the variety of sit-down restaurants that I enjoyed, an elaborate spread of small plates kicks off your meal. Made up of traditional Turkish dishes, your appetizers can include variations of Ankara pickles, hummus, aubergine, fava beans, calamari, vegetable salads, and yogurt. For truly chic dining, meze set a beautiful stage for the vast wine selection and the meats from the open grill at Michelin-starred Mürver in the Novotel Istanbul Bosphorus.

Pro Tip: At Çiya Sofrasi, leave room for lamb dumplings and the chef’s sinful pumpkin dessert. Striving to preserve Turkish culture through regional food, the restaurant has been the darling of the media for many years. You can find Chef Dağdeviren in Season 5, episode 2 of Chef’s Table.

8. Meat Snacks

I always search out beef döner when I travel and Istanbul gave me many ways to enjoy it. At Sütiş Kebap Dünyasi, a casual restaurant, and Nişantaşki Başköşe, a more formal eatery, I had thin slices of the rotisserie-cooked meat served to me, tender and flavorful to be eaten along with cacik — Turkey’s version of tzatziki or raita. An alternative to döner, cağ kebap at Şehzade Erzurum Cağ Kebabi was my favorite street snack after visiting the Grand Bazaar and the Spice Bazaar. The spit-roasted lamb skewers wrapped in lavash bread had the DIY option of adding onions and tomatoes, unlike the döner which is generally served plain. You can also top it with ezme — a traditional Turkish sauce made with tomatoes, peppers, and olive oil.

9. Pide

Pizza lovers, rejoice! Istanbul has something for you, too, and you may never look at pizza in the same light again. Served without tomato sauce on oval-shaped flatbread, Turkish pide is served at pideci — fast-food pizzeria-like restaurants — and even at the airport. Cheese and minced lamb and beef versions are offered spiced with chopped peppers, tomato, and onion.

10. Raki

I’d be remiss if I didn’t mention Turkey’s national alcoholic spirit, raki. Similar to Greek ouzo but more aromatic and less sugary, the aniseed-based liquor is mixed with chilled water and ice to your preference. Drunk at celebrations or even at a gathering for lunch at a meyhane (tavern) along with a meze spread. As I experienced at Agora Meyhanesi 1890, raki is quite strong. My suggestion is to begin gingerly with a 50/50 raki-water ratio. Find it at cafés throughout the city or, for a treat, visit the sultry Orient Bar in the Pera Palace Hotel — the glamorous 19th-century hostelry where Agatha Christie is said to have written Murder on the Orient Express.

My wonderful guide, Eser Sedef, told me to be sure to look down every turn and walk through every pasaj (passage) that one encounters. “You’ll be surprised at every turn,” she smiled. This was certainly the case on the extensive Istiklal Caddesi pedestrian avenue in the Beyoğlu area, which leads from the Galata Tower to Taksim Square — Istanbul’s version of Shibuya. Along the road are narrow side streets and passages that revealed treasures both culinary and cultural. Combined with the many street-food options here, the restaurants that span two continents offered a non-stop invitation to explore and try new foods. 

Pro Tip: Be careful where you walk, though, as Beyoğlu’s “historic” red trams do travel along the street.

Related Reading:

• The Amazing Historic Hotel That Will Have You Book A Trip To Istanbul
• 13 Reasons To Fall In Love With Beautiful Istanbul, Turkey
• Exploring Istanbul’s Literary Landmarks: 6 Places To Visit

Located on 550 acres at San Antonio’s highest elevation point, the award-winning La Cantera Resort & Spa boasts stunning views of the Texas Hill Country and 18 panoramic holes of championship golf.

Soaring ceilings, wooden beams, a giant stone fireplace, floor-to-ceiling windows, and rustic furnishings combined the King Ranch style décor with a Texas contemporary feel. 

I was astounded by the 25,000-square-foot Loma de Vida Spa & Wellness, five pools with private cabanas, 10 restaurants, 496 luxury guest rooms, and 34 villas scattered among the walking trails and art installations lined with mesquite, native oak, and pine trees.

Whether looking for a holistic experience, a romantic getaway, or a family escape, you won’t want to leave this most luxurious retreat at San Antonio’s top resort.

Amenities

• 25,000-square-foot Loma de Vida Spa & Wellness
• 18-hole championship resort golf course
• Five pools and private cabanas
• 7,600-square-foot fitness center
• Complimentary shuttle service within 3 miles
• Concierge service
• Tesla charging stations
• Nature trail
• Pool and golf shop
• SEVEN, the adults-only floor

Room Types

I enjoyed SEVEN — the adults-only seventh floor —with a personal concierge, lounge with continental breakfast, daily snacks, gourmet coffee, and happy hour. The rooms have luxury bath products, Nespresso machines, daily spa access, and extra security.

Additional rooms are The Villas, La Cantera Suites, Deluxe King and Queen Rooms, and Accessibility Room types.

Hotel Class

La Cantera is the #1 resort in the Southwest and the #1 resort in Texas according to the Conde Nast Traveler Readers’ Choice Awards.

How To Get To La Cantera Resort & Spa

La Cantera Resort is 20 minutes from the San Antonio International Airport in northwest San Antonio.

Parking

Self-parking is $18 per night. Overnight guest valet parking is $40 per night. Valet parking is free for SEVEN and Villas guests.

Why I Chose La Cantera Resort & Spa

I chose to get away at La Cantera for the premier Loma de Vida Spa, luxury accommodations, and the award-winning Signature restaurant.

History Of La Cantera Resort & Spa

In Spanish, La Cantera, meaning “quarry,” was constructed on an old limestone site.

Activities At La Cantera Resort & Spa

Enjoy amenities like the five resort pools, luxury cabanas, and 10 restaurants. You won’t need to leave the property since it has a PGA championship golf course, tennis, and pickleball courts. Indulge in massages and facials at the Loma de Vida Spa, meditation, fitness classes, and hiking trails. 

World-Class Golf

Take advantage of unlimited play and great golf rates with 18 holes of championship golf, offering scenic views of the Texas Hill Country.

Loma De Vida Spa And Wellness

Relax in the secluded nature sanctuary of the 25,000-square-foot Loma de Vida Spa atop one of the highest elevations in San Antonio. Use the new Otto products to indulge in a massage or facial, or explore a sound bowl meditation. I lost myself in the sauna, steam room, Jacuzzi, and pool while sipping tea and napping.

Fitness Classes

The Loma de Vida’s fitness and movement studio offers the finest fitness machines, movement classes, yoga, spinning, full-body Tabata workouts, suspension training, and private personal training.

Five Resort Pools

You’ll find five resort pools: the Loma de Vida secluded pool, Villa Pools, Adults-Only Pool with poolside bar, Vista Pool with Vista Grille, and Kids Pool with splash area and two water slides.

Luxury Cabanas

We enjoyed an afternoon at the French champagne house Veuve Clicquot Cabana at the adults-only infinity edge Topaz Pool. There are 16 additional cabanas for rent equipped with TVs, a safe, and a refrigerator.

Tennis Court & Pickleball

Play complimentary tennis or pickleball hourly or reserve private lessons with a tennis pro for a fee. Get your gear at the pool shop.

Complimentary Shuttle

Reserve the Complimentary Shuttle to the Shops at La Cantera and theme parks within a 3-mile radius.

Fitness Trails

I enjoyed a casual hike reading about the plants and animals of the Hill Country. Run the 3- or 5-mile trail through the resort and hydrate with juice at Quenche Juicery.

Restaurants At La Cantera Resort & Spa

Signature

La Cantera’s award-winning Signature restaurant offers seasonal cuisine with a French influence and a Texas twist from Chef John Carpenter. Make a reservation for dinner — a must to get a seat overlooking the fountain, golf course, and herb garden.

SweetFire Kitchen

The open-air kitchen at SweetFire Kitchen features home-style Texas cuisine, serving breakfast, lunch, and dinner overlooking Plaza San Saba.

Primero Cantina

Savor Southwest-style Mexican food like carne asada, barbacoa, carnitas, guacamole, queso, and hand-crafted tequila cocktails at the indoor/outdoor bar with sweeping Hill Country views. Never miss your game with sports TVs.

Grille 254

Inspired by the longest-held PGA Tour record score of 254 by Tommy Armour in 2003, Grille 254 serves 24 beers on tap, crafted cocktails, breakfast, and lunch.

Bocado

Order creative charcuterie boards at Bocado with house-made pickles, pate, honeycomb, jams, mustards, truffles, and sweets.

Henrietta’s Market

Open 24 hours daily, Henrietta’s Market offers grab-and-go options and necessities, a full-service coffee bar, wine, homemade ice cream, and gifts.

Sire Bar

Behind the giant horse painting off the lobby, sip a hand-crafted cocktail in a King Ranch Texan space honoring championship thoroughbreds.

Quenche

After a spa treatment or fitness workout, order a smoothie or organic juice at Quenche Juicery in the Loma de Vida Spa.

Vista Grill

Order burgers, salads, or cocktails poolside from the Vista Grill. I ate the best shrimp cobb salad here.

Topaz

Enjoy a lobster roll, a western burger, and the best onion rings at Topaz, the adult pool, bar, and restaurant. Find exotic drinks, beer, and bubbly for sipping.

Types Of Travelers At La Cantera Resort & Spa

You’ll find adults on a business trip, friends gathering, couples on a romantic retreat, dedicated golfers, and families on vacation.

Pet-Friendly Information

No pets are allowed currently.

Tips On Booking Accommodations

Check the Offers tab on the website for vacation packages like Sun-Sational Summer Savings, Six Flags Superhero Package, or Refresh and Recover. See the Stay and Play Hill Country Golf Package if you’re a golfer.

What Is Near La Cantera Resort & Spa?

Explore wineries or shopping in Fredericksburg. Enjoy local shopping at the Shops at La Cantera, The Rim, or Arrive Eilan. Or take the kids to Six Flags Fiesta, Texas.

One Thing You Absolutely Can’t Miss At La Cantera Resort & Spa

Don’t miss exploring the Loma de Vida Spa; it’s the most extensive spa I’ve seen. Take your time to relax and enjoy a treatment, sauna, and yoga.

Would I Stay Here Again?

I would stay here again in a heartbeat! It’s a beautiful change of pace from the River Walk, and it’s close to Fredericksburg and the wineries for a day trip.

Contact

• 16641 La Cantera Parkway
• San Antonio, 78256
• 210-558-6500

A nature preserve is, by definition, a natural habitat where animals and plants are protected, and kayaking is a great way to see the natural beauty, plant life, and wildlife that can be found there. But imagine, as you glide through the protected, peaceful waters in your kayak, if your view could include not only all of the natural beauty above the water but also what’s underneath your kayak as you paddle along.

That’s the beauty of clear kayaking in pristine Shell Key Preserve, a 1,828-acre preserve in the mouth of Tampa Bay about 12 miles south of St. Petersburg. The preserve includes a 195-acre barrier island known as Shell Key.

My husband Dean and I took a clear kayaking tour in February with our friends, Andy and Mary. Here are some tips to know when you go.

1. Go With a Guide

The advantage of going with an outfitter is that they take care of all the gear and provide a guide who can tell you all about the remarkable ecosystem of the surroundings as you paddle.

We booked a noon tour with Get Up and Go Kayaking, who says they are the first clear-kayak touring company in the United States.

The Tour

Our 2-hour tour took us to the launch point where we met our guide, Bria, got into our kayaks, paddled past a shoreline of expensive homes out into the key, and crossed clear waters along a shoreline of mangroves.

Our destination was the beautiful Shell Key Beach, where we had a chance to get out of the kayak for about 20 minutes to walk the beach or sit and relax. Then we continued our tour as we looped around through shallow waters to an amazing mangrove tunnel and back to the launch point.

Pro Tip: Get Up and Go Kayaking trips launch from Billy’s Stone Crab restaurant in Tierra Verde. On the drive there, you’ll need to pay a one-dollar toll using cash, coins, or SunPass.

2. Choose From Day Or Night Tours

As of this writing, Get Up and Go Kayaking offers five to 6-day tours per day, including a sunset tour, plus a night tour called a glow tour.

We selected a day tour because of timing, the distance from our lodging to the launch point (we were staying in central Florida and didn’t want to get back too late), and because we thought we’d see more wildlife that way.

The sunset tour offers a chance to see the sunset over the key and then turn on color-changing, waterproof LED lights. According to a video on the website, the glow tour is a tour run completely in the dark, again, with LED lights and a guide leading the way.

Pro Tips

• No previous kayaking experience is necessary.
• The outfitter will send you a waiver; to save time, sign it online before you go.
• The tandem kayaks have a weight limit of 425 pounds per boat and 250 pounds per seat.
• Wear comfortable, quick-dry clothes and bring sunscreen and a water bottle. If you take the night tour, Get Up and Go Kayaking recommends you wear a shirt with long sleeves, long pants, and apply bug spray underneath your clothes, because apparently, mosquitos like Shell Key Preserve, too.

3. Five Tandem Kayaks For A Small-Group Experience

Get Up and Go Kayaking tours are small and personal. They only take 10 people per time slot (five tandem kayaks) at one time. It’s great to go with a small group, but that also means tours can fill more quickly.

Keep this in mind when you make your reservation. Our first choice was a Saturday tour, but by the time we checked (the Wednesday prior), that date was sold out. Fortunately, the tour on Sunday still had room for us.

Our group of five kayaks meant we were always within earshot of the guide, and throughout the tour, we could easily stay together as a group.

4. Learn About Fascinating Red And Black Mangroves

Our guide, Bria, is a native Floridian who has been guiding tours for about a year. She told us about the mangroves and the important role they play in the delicate ecosystem of the preserve.

Red mangroves are the most salt tolerant of the three varieties in Shell Key and can be seen closest to the shoreline. Additional research tells me they have distinctive roots (fittingly called “stilt roots”). Black mangroves live just above the line of high tide. They build up the soil and help feed the ecosystem.

5. Watch For Wildlife And Sea Life

Part of the fun of this tour is the wildlife we could see above — and below — the water. The website tells me dolphins, rays, turtles, and even small sharks can be seen on these clear kayaking trips. There are also seasonal attractions: In summer, kayakers might see manatees and roseate spoonbills (birds), and in winter, white pelicans.

Unfortunately, we didn’t see any of that. Above the water, we saw cormorants floating, diving, and drying their wings. We also saw many other birds, including snowy egrets and terns. Shell Key Preserve is an important sanctuary for migrating birds that nest and winter there.

Jumping Fish and Underwater Sights

We also saw mullet (fish). Bria identified the mullet for us when we saw them jumping out of the water. Underwater, we saw seagrass (important food for migrating manatees), conch and intricate spiral, ruffled casings (their egg sacks), and various other small sea life.

The beauty of a natural setting is you never know what wildlife or sea life you are going to see.

6. Enjoy Shell Key Beach

We beached our kayaks at Shell Key Beach and got out. Bria hung back with the kayaks but told us to talk through a short path lined with trees to get to another more secluded beach where we saw a lone sunbather and a long stretch of beach. We walked along and enjoyed the view, beach treasures, the rhythmic waves, and the beautiful day.

Pro Tip: Shell Key is a small barrier island; there are no facilities here. Bring your essentials and as they say, “Take only photos, leave only footprints.”

7. Paddle Through A Mangrove Tunnel

If the tide is high enough, and it was for us, the tour takes you through a short but breathtaking mangrove tunnel. This is the place where we were told to “grab a root and stop,” and Bria told us more about the trees and water.

Since we didn’t see a lot of unique wildlife on our trip, this experience of kayaking through a mangrove tunnel made the tour. It was surreal to “park” our kayaks inside this natural tunnel where the mangroves had grown together, and the reflection of the trees and water was gorgeous.

I could have camped out here for much longer. But soon, it was time to head back, so we kayaked out of the tunnel to the other side and back to the launch point.

Post-Kayak Bonus: Eat At Billy’s Stone Crab Restaurant

After our tour, we decided to check out Billy’s Stone Crab restaurant. We hadn’t researched it, we just decided to try it because it was our meeting point for the kayaking tour, and that made it convenient. I must admit, I was skeptical, thinking it was a sub-par option that capitalized on their captive, kayaking audience. I was wrong.

Little did we know Billy’s has been serving up seafood for more than 50 years. Although we didn’t try their namesake stone crab (available October through May and caught in their own traps), our group of four enjoyed wild-caught jumbo gulf shrimp, zesty “dang-bang” shrimp tacos, large sea scallops, and a limited-time special: a whole Maine lobster. All delicious!

The Choice Is Clear

One of the joys of kayaking in a nature preserve is that you can never be sure what wildlife you will see, but you are sure to enjoy it all the same. If you get the chance to kayak in Shell Key Preserve, the choice is clear. Take it!

I hope these tips help you enjoy the clear kayaking awaiting you at the beautiful Shell Key Preserve.

Pro Tip: Only water vessels (private boats or public shuttles) are allowed in the preserve, but if kayaking is not your thing, you can check out the Shell Key Shuttle.

Related Reading:

• 10 Affordable Clearwater Beach Vacation Rentals With Incredible Ocean Views
• The One Experience Not To Miss In St. Petersburg, Florida
• 9 Fantastic Experiences In St. Petersburg, Florida, Plus Where To Eat And Stay

From castles to cities, forests to cliffs, and sea to shining sea, there are a myriad of people, places, and things to discover on this list. Some are man-made, while others are naturally occurring; read on to see if your favorite landmarks made the list!

1. The Grand Canyon (Winner)

Arizona, United States

President Theodore Roosevelt said it best, “In the Grand Canyon, Arizona has a natural wonder which, so far as I know, is in kind absolutely unparalleled throughout the rest of the world.” The views throughout its 1,904 square miles are unparalleled and incomparable. The dry climate has well-preserved fossils and five of the seven life zones are present in this one park. From hiking to white water rafting, fishing, and biking, there are as many things to do, learn, and see as there are acres in this beautiful natural wonder of the world.

Pro Tip: While the South Rim is open year-round, the North Rim is usually closed December to June each year because of the harsher winter conditions. Make sure to check the NPS website for up-to-date reopening information. For more insider information, check out what Grand Canyon Park Rangers recommend before planning your trip.

2. Niagara Falls

New York, United States/Ontario, Canada

Did you know that Niagara Falls is home to not one, but three waterfalls? They sit at the end of the Niagara Gorge, with Horseshoe Falls being the largest and most recognizable. Sitting at 167 feet high, the falls see millions of visitors each year. You can access them from Ontario, Canada, or Niagara Falls State Park in Upstate New York. There are a plethora of ways to access the moisture and views of the falls. From the Canadian side, there’s an elevator that can take you down behind Horseshoe Falls, a cliffside park with a multi-story boardwalk and amazing views, and of course, the boat rides. The U.S. side boasts an observation tower, a unique dining experience, and you guessed it, more boat rides.

Pro Tip: While the falls are accessible and open year-round, the best time to visit is June through August. Tuesday, Wednesday, and Thursday are typically the best days to visit as weekends are much more busy.

3. Cliffs Of Moher

Republic Of Ireland

For all the beauty there is to enjoy on the beautiful island of Ireland, the Cliffs of Moher is one of the most popular sights to behold. With views worthy of the silver screen, the cliffs are part of a UNESCO Global Geopark, a special protection area for birds and wildlife. Take in the views by land, air, and sea. Hours vary by the time of year you choose to visit and tickets are required for most visitors. From walks and birdwatching to shopping and dining, your time will be very well spent.

There are two beautiful walks to choose from: the Coastal Walk North (approximately 5 miles) and the Coastal Walk South (approximately 3.5 miles). Remember to leave no trace and dress for being seaside as weather conditions can change suddenly and drastically.

4. Eiffel Tower

Paris, France

There was a time when I would visit la Tour Eiffel each night on Google Earth before going to bed to satisfy my young wanderlust. Standing regally at approximately 905 feet, the Eiffel Tower was originally built for the 1889 World’s Fair in Paris. It took 2 years, 2 months, and 5 days to build. The tower was supposed to be torn down after only 20 years, but a radio antenna was installed on top, and it was too valuable as a radio transmission tower to be destroyed. 

Pro Tip: There are numerous accessibility options for exploring the grounds. Full access has you explore the top level first, then work your way down to the lower floors.

5. Neuschwanstein Castle

Germany

Some may recognize this Romanesque Revival castle as Walt Disney’s inspiration for Cinderella’s castle as well as King Stefan’s castle from Sleeping Beauty. Built in the 19th Century, Neuschwanstein Castle is nestled in southeastern Germany. It means “New Swan Stone.” Because of a forced alliance with Prussia, Ludwig II was no longer a sovereign ruler. He commissioned this castle as a kingdom where he could reign as king once more.

Pro Tip: The castle is undergoing major restorations that are slated to be completed in the spring of 2024, so some of the castle is currently inaccessible. The staff has put together informational videos about the rooms that are being restored so that you can still enjoy them digitally.

6. Statue Of Liberty

New York City, United States

The Statue of Liberty is the second landmark from the National Park Service on our favorites list. Lady Liberty was a gift of friendship from the people of France and was built there first to be dismantled and reassembled in New York City. The Statue of Liberty Enlightening the World was finally unveiled to roughly a million people on October 28, 1886.

Pro Tip: There is only one officially sanctioned way to visit both Ellis and Liberty Islands, and advance reservations are highly recommended as access is limited.

7. Acropolis

Athens, Greece

Athens, Greece, is known as the birthplace of democracy and is home to oh so many incredible ruins. One of the best-known ruins is the Acropolis. Acropolis in Greek means “High City” and sitting atop said high city are several ancient buildings, including the Parthenon. Fun fact, my husband proposed to me at the foot of the Acropolis in 2009, a moment I will never forget. It was there that we learned the rule that visitors shouldn’t dance, jump, or be disrespectful on centuries-old religious sites. 

It may be the off-season for the Greek Islands, but the best time to visit is in winter. Temps are lower, crowds are smaller, and entrance fees are half-price. If you happen to visit near Christmas, the tree in Syntagma Square is beautiful!

8. Angkor Wat

Siem Reap, Cambodia

Angkor Wat is considered the world’s largest religious structure according to the Guinness Book of World Records, spanning about 400 acres. It was originally built and dedicated to the Hindu god Vishnu but has slowly transformed into a Buddhist temple over the years. Not unlike most tourist attractions and landmarks, the pandemic had a drastic effect on visitors. While open again, crowds are much smaller than years before.

9. Petra Archaeological Park

Jordan

Petra Archaeological Park is considered by many to be one of the new seven wonders of the world, and our readers can’t get enough of it! The site is half-built and half-carved into the rose-red cliffs of southern Jordan. There was a span of 500 years that the city sat undiscovered, as access to the city runs through the Siq, a narrow gorge that opens right up to the treasury. There are quite a few other trails to explore that range in difficulty from easy to hard and showcase the various ruins as well as the beautiful and unique rock layers unearthed by the ancient stoneworkers.

Pro Tip: It is recommended to allow for 3 days to see as much of the grounds as possible. And, take care when booking your trip as only licensed professionals are allowed to give tours and talks.

10. Machu Picchu

Peru

There are a lot of unknowns about Machu Picchu. But, most historians believe that the ancient city of the Inca was erected in the 1450s, only to be abandoned a century later as a result of the Spanish conquest. 

Pro Tip: Getting here takes a train or a multi-day trek through the mountains. After a short stint of closure, Machu Picchu re-opened on February 15, 2023.

11. The Vatican

Vatican City/Rome, Italy

The Vatican resides in a city-state completely surrounded by Rome and is a sovereign territory of the Holy See. The Vatican is basically the most popular attraction in all of Rome, despite technically not being a part of the city. With sites such as St. Peter’s Basilica and the Sistine Chapel, it’s no surprise why this small micro-state is so popular among tourists. Be prepared for long lines and lots of walking.

12. The Colosseum

Rome, Italy

When in Rome, it just makes sense to visit the Colosseum, originally called the Flavian Amphitheatre. Most important to note about the architecture of the columns is that they were made in three of the major styles of the time: Doric, Ionic, and Corinthian.

Also of note is the hypogeum, the underground area comprised of 80 different tunnels and passageways that connected the barracks, as well as a private access tunnel for the emperor. This was not in the original design of the Colosseum and also made it impossible to flood.

13. Alhambra

Granada, Spain

Alhambra is a palace — which happens to be the most notable and “best-preserved palace in the historic Islamic world” — and fortress tucked in the Sierra Nevada on the Iberian Peninsula. The expansive complex covers about 26 acres and has multiple structures, including the Nasrid Palaces. As you can imagine, tickets are in high demand and advance reservations are required.

14. Taj Mahal

Agra, India

The Taj Mahal is a marble mausoleum that was commissioned by Mughal Emperor Shah Jahan for his favorite wife, Mumtaz Mahal, who passed away giving birth to their 14th child. He was buried next to her upon his passing, thus making Taj Mahal the romantic symbol of India.

Pro Tip: Tickets are required to visit the grounds. Five nights a month, there are full-moon viewings of the Taj Mahal (two nights before the full moon, the night of the full moon, and two nights following the full moon).

15. Stonehenge

England, United Kingdom

Coming in at 13 feet high, the Welsh sandstones known as Stonehenge were built in three stages. We may never know why this monument was built to begin with, nor the methods used to create the structure. It has been purported that it was used as an astronomical observatory or a religious site and that the stones came from as far as 240 miles away. While a million visitors make the trek each year, it’s plain to see that this marvel is quite the sight to behold.

The Silk Road is a legendary but very real 4,000-mile-plus-long trade route that connected Europe with China in a quest to not only buy silk but also shift plenty of other merchandise, such as spices and natural resources, along the way. Made up of many separate roads, including water routes across the Mediterranean from Venice or the Frankincense route from Oman, it used to take months and years to travel along the route. As a result, many cities and centers of learning sprang up along the way to help further the exchange, not only of goods but also knowledge.

I have been fascinated with the Silk Road ever since I read William Dalrymple’s In Xanadu: A Quest decades ago. But to travel along the many routes is not only extremely time-consuming but also a logistical nightmare due to conflicts, borders, difficulties obtaining visas, and a lack of connecting flights. So, instead, I bought a huge map and started to take shorter travels to some of the cities along the way, connecting the dots as I go.

I still have many places to see, some already booked, such as Samarkand, Bukhara, and Khiva in Uzbekistan later this year. Others are still in the planning stages, such as Bishkek in Kyrgyzstan, Xi’an in China, and the constant dream about visiting Iran one day. So, watch out for part II of this story.

In the meantime, here are some fabulous cities I have discovered so far — all offering a Silk Road connection and many legendary sights to see.

1. Istanbul, Turkiye

Istanbul, or Constantinople as it was then, was the official endpoint of the Silk Road, but I started my quest from Europe, so to me, Istanbul is the gateway to Asia and the Silk Road. Old Constantinople was not only the connection to the Mediterranean and Black Sea but it was a rich center of learning and a bustling trade hub. To get a feeling for what it must have been like in the Silk Road days, head straight to the Grand Bazaar and the Spice Bazaar, which opened in the mid-1400s. This was admittedly toward the end of the heyday of the ancient Silk Road, but it still would have welcomed traders from far away.

Pro Tip: The Silk Road then moved inland through the modern-day capital of Ankara toward the Caspian Sea, with many exciting stops along the way. To really get a feeling for the importance of the Silk Road in Turkiye, book a 10-day tour to find out more and stop in caravanserais along the way. (Caravanserais were roadside inns along the Silk Road for passing traders and travelers.)

2. Yerevan, Armenia

The capital of Armenia, Yerevan is not only one of the oldest inhabited cities on Earth but also a city that offers both ancient history and modern art, culture, and tradition as well as a palatable joie de vivre with cafés and terraces on every street. The best place to start your visit is at the Cascade Complex, a set of stairs leading from the sculpture park below, up 572 steps to a view across the city. With the mountains of Great Ararat and Little Ararat on the horizon, the Ararat Valley is also a major route through the region. Note that within the Cafesjian Arts Centre on the left of the steps is a series of escalators that save your legs on the way up. (I just wish I had found them before I climbed to the top!) The city itself is great to relax in, walk and explore, but it is also a perfect base for day trips to the many monasteries and Silk Road caravanserais located within the countryside. Armenia is a relatively small country, very mountainous, with lakes and valleys, and so much history, all quite easily visited during organized and guided tours.

Pro Tip: You can get a driver to take you from Yerevan all the way to Tbilisi, the next stop below, taking in some sights along the way. It is around a 5-hour drive from capital to capital but very scenic.

3. Tbilisi, Georgia

Tbilisi may not be one of the better-known stops along the main route, but it was an often-used detour to rest weary travel bones in the city’s famous hot springs. The ancient baths along the springs have not changed at all since the Silk Road days. And to get a feeling for where travel-worn merchants would have stayed, head straight to the Tbilisi History Museum. It’s set in an old caravanserai where there were rooms for travelers, spaces and food for camels, and a market spot to trade at while you’re there. Today, the open space not only holds the history and a museum but also, down in the basement, a wine museum complete with a wine bar. And that might well have been another reason to stop off in Tbilisi; the Georgian wine is rather good.

Pro Tip: To keep in with the theme, don’t miss the State Silk Museum to learn more about the material that bore the trade route.

4. Baku, Azerbaijan

On the coast of the Caspian Sea, Azerbaijan’s capital city of Baku offers a superbly preserved look at Silk Road sights as they were when traders stopped to trade spices and cashmere on the way from India. The first stop should be the walled city of Icherisheher, with the Maiden Tower, its mosque, bazaar, and the wonderful Palace of the Shirvanshahs. There are also still many caravanserais dotted throughout the modern city, such as the lovely space around the Zoroastrian Fire Temple.

Pro Tip: To see more of the Land of Fire, where you find burning hills, petroglyphs, and mud volcanoes (all of which must have fascinated the Silk Road travelers even in the old days), book a private tour to Sheki.

5. Almaty, Kazakhstan

The first thing that struck me when arriving in Almaty was the snow-capped mountains that loomed on the horizon. They must have offered a mighty challenge to ancient merchants. Traveling through these mountain ranges hundreds, if not thousands, of years ago on camel or horseback must have been daunting. But they came and stayed a while in the green valleys around Almaty, probably gorging themselves on the plentiful apples that originate here. Here, there were craftsmen who mended armor and riding gear, and apparently, the jewelry trade was very popular. Something nice to bring back home after years on the road, I guess.

Pro Tip: Kazakhstan is a vast country and Almaty only offers a tiny glimpse. So, why not search out more Silk Road sights on a 4-day tour?

6. Fatehpur Sikri, India

Fatehpur Sikri — the City of Victory in the State of Uttar Pradesh’s Agra District in northern India — is often simply visited because it is close (ish) to the Taj Mahal. When I first visited this abandoned city years ago, I had no idea that it had a Silk Road connection. So, when I was putting pins into my Silk Road map, I was utterly delighted that I had stopped there.

Built in 1571 as the capital of the Mughal Empire, Fatehpur Sikri soon became a trading post for passing Silk Road routes because of the Mughal emperor’s patronage of the arts, crafts, and the court’s love of luxury goods, including silk. Abandoned by its emperor Akbar in 1585, Fatehpur remained a trading hub and center of craftsmanship. It still had one of India’s largest mosques and was a center of learning and religion. The city remained an important stop along the northern routes, so much so that in 1803, the trading giant East India Company settled there until 1850.

Pro Tip: When you find yourself in northern India, you will undoubtedly visit the Taj Mahal. Combine your trip with a visit to Fatehpur Sikri to marvel at this great abandoned city.

7. Beijing, China

While in ancient times, Xi’an was the last — or first — stop along the Silk Road, when the failing trade along the routes was restarted under Mongol rule in the 14th and 15th centuries, the route was expanded through China to eventually have Beijing as its starting point, or terminus. But even before then, intrepid merchant Marco Polo visited Beijing, or as it was then called, Dadu, the Great Capital, in the late 1200s. Giving you an idea of quite how long the Silk Road has been in operation, Marco Polo would have been in Beijing more than 100 years before the Forbidden City was even designed. But what he would have seen is the Pagoda of the Tianning Temple, the Great Wall of China, and, of course, the Marco Polo Bridge, which dates to 1189.

Pro Tip: Read The Travels of Marco Polo, but do it with a huge pinch of salt, as he is known to have made things up as he went. He was also not necessarily a good writer, but just the thought that he wrote those diary entries around the turn of the 13th century, and many of the sights he describes are still there, is quite mind-blowing.

Breathtaking may be an understatement looking through our readers’ list of their 15 favorite U.S. national parks. Each offers unique, unforgettable experiences. And while picking a favorite may be as difficult as picking your favorite child, it’s fine to love them all equally.

1. Rocky Mountain National Park (Winner)

Colorado

Rocky Mountain National Park offers beautiful meadows, waterfalls, alpine lakes, and plenty of wildlife in addition to its majestic peaks. Looking for a challenge? Hike to beautiful Chasm Lake. Equally beautiful, the short, flat trail around Bear Lake offers gorgeous views throughout. The loop is one of several options for those interested in less challenging, but still amazing, experiences. The park is so popular that you’ll need a reservation to visit from late May through mid-October.

2. Yellowstone National Park

Wyoming, Montana, Idaho

Old Faithful and Yellowstone National Park are practically synonymous, but America’s oldest national park is actually home to a staggering 500-plus geysers; many of which can be found around the Grand Loop Road. The southern portion of the road is also where you’ll find the colorful Grand Prismatic Spring, a must-stop for most visitors. The Yellowstone River is responsible for another dramatic experience — the Grand Canyon of Yellowstone and its Upper and Lower Falls. Finally, listen for howling wolves in the Lamar Valley. It offers the best wildlife viewing with herds of bison, grizzly bears, and adorable pronghorn, as well as wolves in the northwestern corner of the park.

3. Grand Canyon National Park

Arizona

The second most visited national park in the U.S., most visitors only see Grand Canyon National Park during a day trip. Instead, spend the night along the rim for a completely different experience. The changing colors of the canyon during sunrise and sunset will take your breath away. Then, the darkest of dark skies fills with stars to the delight of every junior astronomer. During the day, experience one of the park’s iconic mule rides, raft the Colorado River, hike into the canyon, or simply drive along the South Rim stopping at the lookouts along the way. While the South Rim is always open to visitors, the North Rim is planned to open on June 2.

4. Zion National Park

Utah

Zion National Park’s gorgeous red rock cliffs are the showstopper here. The park is home to two of the most famous hikes in the national park system — Angels Landing and The Narrows. Due to the park’s popularity, visitors can only access it using the shuttle system from mid-March through November. No matter if you’re on the shuttle, in your car, or riding a bike, Zion Canyon’s Scenic Road is awe-inspiring. To avoid some of the crowds, make your way north on Interstate 15 and visit the Kolob Canyons area in the northwest corner of the park.

5. Acadia National Park

Maine

Known as the first place to see the sunrise in the U.S. (at least for half the year), visitors flock to Acadia National Park’s Cadillac Mountain in the early morning hours to watch the Sun leap over the Atlantic Ocean. Once the Sun is up, check the tide charts and venture to the park’s beautiful rocky coast to see Thunder Hole. From 1–2 hours before high tide will be the best time to hear the thunderous roar created by the crashing waves.

The park’s 45 miles of carriage roads offer a unique car-free experience for visitors. Built by John D. Rockefeller Jr. in the early 1900s for exclusive use by horse and carriage, the roads remain car-free today. Walk, bike, or enjoy a carriage ride as you take in some of the best views in the park. Acadia is especially brilliant in the fall when the changing leaves and crisp fall air are simply glorious.

6. Glacier National Park

Montana

Dramatic views await in rugged and wild Glacier National Park. Home to about two dozen named glaciers, park rangers, however, warn that climate change is melting the park’s namesake. They say the current total is nine fewer than in 1966.

The Continental Divide gives the park two distinctive sides known as East Glacier and West Glacier. When you visit, book a Red Bus tour. The knowledgeable drivers detail the spectacular views as they take you along the park’s famous Going-to-the-Sun Road. The Many Glacier area offers even more magnificent views. Once there, hike to Iceberg Lake to see the beautiful blue water. 

Because of its popularity, you’ll need a reservation to enter the park between 6 a.m. and 3 p.m. during the summer. Just 1 mile outside the park, Polebridge Mercantile’s huckleberry bear claws are beloved by Glacier fans. It’s a delicious treat not to be missed.

7. Yosemite National Park

California

Known for its magnificent waterfalls and giant granite formations, we have John Muir to thank for the creation of Yosemite National Park. In this park, winning the lottery won’t bring you cash, but access to the top of the iconic Half Dome via cable wires. A mere photo of the experience is enough to caution many from trying it. If you prefer a more relaxed approach, paid tours are offered in the park throughout the year.

May and June are usually the best times to see the park’s numerous waterfalls. The best known, Yosemite Falls, is one of the tallest in the world. Horsetail Falls and the setting Sun create a unique experience known as the Firefall phenomenon just twice a year. 

While reservations were required in 2021 and 2022, the park is not requiring them to visit in 2023.

8. Great Smoky Mountains National Park

Tennessee, North Carolina

The Most visited national park in the U.S. in 2022, the mountains that make up Great Smoky Mountains National Park are beautifully covered in trees, creating a palate of lushly rolling peaks during the spring and summer and a gorgeous mix of colors in the fall. Here you can hike a portion of the Appalachian Trail, one of only two national parks where you can do so.

The park’s 11-mile Cades Cove Loop gives visitors a look at the early days of Appalachia. You’ll see log homes, several churches, barns, and even a working gristmill. You’re likely to see white-tailed deer during your drive and may even spot a black bear. A beautiful hike off the loop is Abrams Falls.

The park is one of only three locations in the U.S. where you can see synchronous fireflies, which usually occur in June. Although, you’ll need to enter the park lottery for a chance to view the phenomenon.

For a unique stay, hike to LeConte Lodge and spend the night in a rustic but cozy cabin. Several trails access the lodge and you’ll be rewarded with a delicious meal for your efforts.

9. Arches National Park

Utah

The park dubs itself a “red-rock wonderland” and none is more famous than its iconic Delicate Arch. Not only is it the symbol of the park but really the entire state of Utah. 

Arches National Park is aptly named for the 2,000-plus stone arches found within its borders, but the park also features enormous rock fins, beautifully balanced rocks, and inspiring pinnacles. There’s something to see around every turn as you wind your way through the park.  

You’ll need a reservation to enter between 7 a.m. and 4 p.m. from April 1 through October 31. To beat the crowds and the heat, hike to Delicate Arch at sunrise. You’ll be outside of the reservation window and won’t have to fight for a parking spot. It’s just one of several hikes to explore. Double Arch is also beautiful and just a short walk from the nearby parking lot.

10. Bryce Canyon National Park

Utah

Another one of Utah’s Big Five, Bryce Canyon may get overshadowed by its neighbor Zion, but the park lays claim to the most hoodoos in the world. Its views are also very accessible. Explore the Rim Trail for beautiful views of Bryce Amphitheater. A portion of the trail known as Sunset Point to Sunrise Point Trail shows off the beautiful changing colors of the amphitheater below during these special times of the day. Several natural arches can be found in Bryce Canyon. The most famous is Natural Bridge, which you can see from Highway 63 as you drive through the park.

11. Grand Teton National Park

Wyoming

The majestic Teton Range welcomes visitors to Grand Teton National Park. The park’s jagged peaks, clear lakes, and outdoor activities keep them coming back. Drive Moose-Wilson or Teton Park Roads for gorgeous views and possibly some wildlife sightings including moose, elk, deer, and even bears. A beautiful biking path, called the Grand Teton Pathway, connects the town of Jackson to the park. Along the way, you can take a dip in the clear but chilly waters of Jenny Lake. If you want to paddle instead of swim, all watercraft require a permit and that includes stand-up paddleboards and kayaks.

Likely the most iconic image of the park is the T.A. Moulton barn along Mormon Row with the Teton Range towering behind. Photographers flock to the park to capture this coveted shot at sunrise, so expect to hear shutters clicking if you decide to start your day early as well. 

12. Joshua Tree National Park

California

Near Palm Springs in southern California, Joshua Tree National Park is much more than its namesake, which you’ll only find in the western portion of the park. If you enter from the south, you’ll discover other gems like the towering palm trees in Cottonwood Spring and the extremely prickly Cholla Cactus Garden.

Keep an eye out for bighorn sheep, mule deer, and antelope squirrels as you drive. They can be difficult to spot in the desert landscape.

Farther north and west, giant boulders beg to be climbed and explored by visitors of all ages, and getting down can be just as challenging, or more so, than getting up. Be sure to take a picture with Skull Rock and watch for professional rock climbers who are naturally attracted to the park’s many climbing options.

Joshua Tree National Park’s heat can be unforgiving. Come prepared with the proper sun protection and plenty of water when you visit.

13. Haleakalā National Park

Hawaii

One of two national parks located in beautiful Hawaii, Haleakala National Park is on the island of Maui. Make a reservation, then get up in the middle of the night to watch the sunrise above the clouds at the summit. Be prepared for all types of weather; it can get below freezing. Plan to stay a bit after the Sun is up, the views of the volcanic crater only continue to get better as the morning progresses.

If you want to visit the Kipahulu portion of the park, be aware: you’ll need to drive the Road to Hana to get there. Once you arrive, the beautiful 4-mile out-and-back Pipiwai Trail takes you to two waterfalls and through a bamboo forest. Kuloa Point Trail is also popular with gorgeous ocean views and takes hikers to the Pools of ‘O’he’o, also known as the Seven Sacred Pools. 

Hiking is a great experience throughout the park, but it’s important to know that it’s against the law to venture off the trails. 

14. Badlands National Park

South Dakota

Conveniently located off Interstate 90, you can either drive through Badlands National Park on the loop road in just a few hours or relax a bit and spend the night. During your trip through the park, you’re surrounded by beautiful rock formations with millions of years of history.

Stop and walk along Fossil Exhibit Trail’s boardwalk to understand the animals that used to roam here. Another spot not to be missed is the Roberts Prairie Dog Town where you’ll see hundreds of prairie dogs and hear them chattering away. Keep an eye out for bison; you’re sure to see a few during your drive. There are many viewpoints to explore, and as the Sun moves through the day, its color changes on the rock formations, which is why sunrise and sunset are brilliant times to experience the park.

The Lakota nation named the area “Badlands” and it can be unforgiving, so be prepared with proper sun protection and plenty of water when visiting in the summer.

15. Mount Rainier National Park

Washington

Mount Rainier National Park is known for its amazing hikes, gorgeous lakes and waterfalls, wildflower-filled slopes, and of course, views of the iconic Mount Rainier. The park’s namesake is an active volcano, although it hasn’t erupted since 1450. Located in the Paradise section of the park, the Skyline Trail is popular with visitors offering a little something for everyone — waterfalls, flowers, and plenty of breathtaking views. Avoid the crowds by visiting the more remote Carbon River area. It’s home to the only inland rainforest in the park.

Pro Tip: Know Before You Go

Many national park visitors visit just for a day, but you should try to spend the night. Many offer lodging in addition to camping and the parks are even more wonderful once the day-trippers leave. Also, don’t forget about the park system’s Junior Ranger program. In spite of the name, there isn’t an age limit to participate and it’s an interesting way to learn a lot about a park.

Are you ready to have an exhilarating experience? Imagine hiking to a canyon, descending to the bottom, and onto a gleaming river of ice, as walls of rock and ice stand guard on either side. Welcome to Maligne Canyon in Jasper National Park — home to one of Canada’s most incredible natural treasures.

I visited in early March with four other travel journalists. During our visit, we had the opportunity to explore the breathtaking Maligne Canyon on an unforgettable guided icewalk! Following a local guide along its frozen pathways and marveling at the spectacular formations that lurk within its depths was a journey through a winter wonderland! It was still winter but warmer than the previous months.

Pursuit Collection hosted my Banff/Jasper experience. All opinions are my own. 

Jasper National Park’s Natural Wonder

Maligne Canyon is a natural wonder in the heart of Jasper National Park in Alberta, Canada. It’s the deepest canyon in the park and stretches for miles. During winter, the running water in the canyon freezes, creating a striking icescape that is simply breathtaking. The icewalk through Maligne Canyon is an awe-inspiring adventure. Its magnificent landscape will captivate you, illuminated by crystal-clear frozen waterfalls and jagged limestone walls rising high against Alberta’s serene winter sky backdrop!

Glaciers Shaped The Landscape

Maligne Canyon is truly a stunning geological wonder. Its history dates back millions of years, beginning with the retreat of the last glaciers in the last ice age. As the glaciers melted, they carved narrow pathways through the soft limestone rock, forming the deep and narrow canyon we see today. Erosion from the Maligne River then continued to shape the canyon. Today, visitors can explore the canyon’s depths through hiking trails and steel catwalks suspended above the rushing waters, taking in this incredible natural beauty and geological history.

Maligne Canyon Is A Four-Season Adventure

Maligne Canyon in Jasper National Park is a breathtakingly beautiful natural wonder that draws visitors from far and wide during every season. You can enjoy a magnificent display of waterfalls, pools, and rock formations during spring, summer, and fall. Hiking along the canyon’s trails provides a thrilling adventure, with majestic views around every bend. You may also see elk, bighorn sheep, and other wildlife.

Maligne Canyon is gorgeous in all seasons but especially beautiful in winter when the water freezes and the hike becomes an icewalk.

What Is A Guided Icewalk Tour?

A guided icewalk tour in Maligne Canyon allows you to experience the canyon’s beauty up close and personal. Our Maligne Canyon Icewalk Tour by Banff Jasper Collection by Pursuit began at the Maligne Canyon Wilderness Kitchen. Lunch is included in the tour. After lunch, we were fitted for our gear.

Our tour included all the necessary equipment, including rubber boots that come up to your knees, crampons for your boots (a crucial traction device similar to cleats for walking on firm snow and ice), and a helmet for safety.

You’ll also be accompanied by a knowledgeable guide who will ensure a safe and enjoyable experience. Guides know the safest paths, shortcuts, problem areas, ice thickness, and depths of water beneath the ice. They also provide help when needed as you traverse the difficult canyon spots.

As you venture deeper into the canyon, you’ll walk across suspended walkways, peer down into the icy depths, and learn about the geology and wildlife unique to the area.

We hiked about a half-mile to get to the icewalk area, then descended to the bottom into the ravine, surrounded by frozen waterfalls, rugged limestone walls, and sparkling icicles. There are plenty of opportunities to take photos, so remember your phone or camera. 

As you go through the canyon, you’re surrounded by the stunning beauty of nature’s artistry. The sound of water trickling beneath the ice, the transparent walls of ice that have formed into unique shapes, and the cool air on your skin combine to create a sensory experience unlike any other.

The tour suits healthy, active travelers who can walk for 3 hours, climb stairs, and maintain good balance. I would not recommend it for people with mobility problems or knee or hip issues.

Icewalk tours run from December to the beginning of April. Check the website for available tours and to make reservations.

Can You Visit Without A Guide?

Hikers can do the icewalk without a guide, but you should be experienced. I would not do the icewalk on my own. Hiking during other seasons would be fine, but going with a guide for the icewalk is the safest thing to do in winter.

What To Wear On An Icewalk

You may be wondering what to wear on an icewalk. Maligne Canyon (or any ice canyon, for that matter) is cold. The key here is to wear layers. Start with a base layer, add a fleece or sweater, and then a warm jacket.

I recommend a warm jacket that is mid-thigh length. You will notice in the photos that my coat was knee-length. I selected it because I thought it would be warmer. While it was warm, it limited my movement when making wide steps or climbing.

Remember that you’ll be walking on rugged terrain, so comfort is key. You’ll want pants that stretch and won’t constrict your movement.

Boots that reach your knees are essential. So bring along a pair of sturdy, waterproof boots that will keep your feet dry and comfortable.

You will need crampons or ice cleats for walking on the ice, and be sure you wear a helmet in case ice, rocks, or tree limbs fall from above.

If you go on a guided tour, boots, crampons, and a helmet will be provided.

How Long Does The Maligne Canyon Icewalk Take?

The icewalk can take anywhere from 2–4 hours, depending on the tour company, weather conditions, the speed at which you hike, how many photos you stop to take, and the route you take. But don’t worry: The experience is well worth the time.

Safety Considerations When Venturing Into Maligne Canyon

This awe-inspiring canyon is a natural wonder that draws countless visitors each year. Knowing the potential dangers of exploring a natural environment is essential.

• Ice can be slick and dangerous to traverse. 
• Running water that you have to wade through even in winter can reach depths up to your knees in some areas of the canyon, creating an added risk of slipping or getting trapped in a current. 
• Ice, rocks, or branches can fall from overhead.

Despite these risks, with some preparation and awareness of your surroundings, venturing into Maligne Canyon can be a safe and rewarding experience.

If you love exploring the great outdoors, you must experience ice walking in the Maligne Canyon. The frozen waterfalls, towering ice columns, and iced river immerse you in a winter wonderland like no other. Whether you’re an adrenaline junkie or simply looking for a unique experience, ice walking in the Maligne Canyon should be on your bucket list.

Tips For Enjoying An Icewalk 

Go With A Guide

Unless you are skilled at ice walking, opt for going with a guide for safety reasons and the fact that they provide not only the guided hike but boots, ice cleats, and helmets.

Check Weather Conditions

The icewalk is only open when weather conditions are safe, so check the forecast before you head out. If the weather is warm, there is a risk of falling through the ice, so it’s best to wait for cooler temperatures.

Dress In Layers

Even if the weather isn’t freezing, dressing warm for the icewalk is essential. Wear layers that you can easily remove if you feel too warm.

Wear Appropriate Footwear

Wear waterproof boots that reach your knees and ice cleats for traction on the ice. 

Bring Your Camera

Remember to bring your camera because you’ll want to take photos. The scenery is absolutely stunning and you’ll want to capture it to show your friends and family. 

Plan To Unplug

There is no cell service in most of the canyon area, so plan to be unplugged and enjoy nature.

Be Prepared For A Strenuous Hike

The icewalk is a challenging hike. There are some steep sections and you have a distance to walk. 

Look But Don’t Touch

It may be tempting to touch the ice sculptures or slide down an icy slope, but it is vital to resist the temptation as it can be dangerous.

Pay Attention To Your Surroundings

The icewalk can be disorienting because of all the white snow and ice, so paying attention to where you are and what is around and above you is essential.

Have Fun! 

The icewalk is a once-in-a-lifetime experience, so enjoy every minute of it!

Related Reading:

• 11 Amazing Things To Do In Canada’s Gateway To The North
• 7 Things To Do In Beautiful Edmonton, Canada
• These Tours Give Visitors A Chance To ‘Dig Deep’ And Learn About Dinosaur Fossils — When And Where

Carlsbad is a great destination any time of year, but as the temperatures rise and the days lengthen, summer is an especially good time to visit this seaside town. With eight beaches, more than 60 miles of hiking and biking trails, and five golf courses, you could spend months exploring this upscale city in North County San Diego.

What makes this town even better is the range of activities for all ages and the fact that summer temperatures rarely rise above 80 degrees Fahrenheit. So feel free to spend all day outside and never once complain about the heat. (You can’t say that about many summer vacation spots!)

1. Golf Courses For All Skill Levels

Carlsbad has five golf courses with something for all skill levels and budgets. 

Located at the Park Hyatt Aviara, the Aviara Golf Club is the only Arnold Palmer-designed course in San Diego. Considered a challenging course, Aviara is one of the priciest spots to play.

The Omni La Costa Resort & Spa offers two courses, Champions and Legends, both of which have hosted PGA legends like Jack Nicklaus and Tiger Woods. The public can golf here, but better tee times and lower greens fees are offered to guests of the resort.

The Crossings at Carlsbad is a public course designed by the renowned course architect, Greg Nash. It’s a nice option for players of all abilities and has reasonably priced greens fees.

Also public, Rancho Carlsbad Golf Club is a par-three course ideal for beginners, families, and those on a budget.

2. Endless Hiking And Biking Trails

Carlsbad features over 60 miles of trails with a wide range of scenery. Many are located near the town’s lagoons teeming with birds and marine life.

If you’re looking for an easy, flat, and scenic hike, look no further than Carlsbad and specifically the shores of Batiquitos Lagoon. This easy 3.4-mile trail is frequented by locals and visitors alike. To learn more about this ecosystem, look for the signage along the trail pointing out breeding grounds for migratory birds, a trash pile from Native American tribes, as well as native and invasive plant species.

For something more challenging, head to Hosp Grove Trail to enjoy views of the Buena Vista Lagoon and the Pacific Ocean.

If you prefer to bike, the 4.7-mile-long Coastal Rail Trail is the ideal ride. The trail begins south in Solana Beach, passes through Carlsbad, and concludes in Oceanside. Grab lunch along the way or bring a picnic to enjoy on the beach.

3. Water Activities In Carlsbad Lagoon

Whether you want to paddle slowly through the seagrass or race along on a wave runner, the Carlsbad Lagoon has you covered. This 400-acre lagoon is a peaceful spot to enjoy a day on the water with family and friends. 

If you’re looking for a bit of exercise, rent a kayak, paddle board, or paddle boat. Keep your eyes peeled for the shore and seabirds including herons, sandpipers, and egrets. To learn more about the ecosystem, consider scheduling a guided kayaking experience with the Agua Hedionda Lagoon Foundation.

If you prefer something motorized or adrenaline-producing, there are jet skis, mini boats, and pontoons available for rent as well.

4. A Relaxing Spa Day

After all that outdoor activity, it’s time to relax in the spa. Fortunately, Carlsbad has a new, five-star spa opening this year, The Miraval Life in Balance Spa at Park Hyatt Aviara. The 15,000-square-foot facility will feature 20 indoor and outdoor treatment rooms, a fitness center, and a yoga studio. Spa guests can choose from a wide array of treatments and classes.

Other spa options in Carlsbad include The Spa at La Costa located at Omni Resort and The Pearl Spa at The Westin Carlsbad Resort & Spa.

5. Relax On The Beach

If sunbathing on the sand or wading in the water sounds good to you, then Carlsbad has plenty of beaches to choose from.

Bordering the Pacific Coast Highway, and across the street from the Batiquitos Lagoon, is South Ponto Beach. This large beach is popular with volleyball players and surfers, and in the summer can be quite busy. Arrive early to secure a parking spot.

If you’ve ever dreamed of camping near the beach, then South Carlsbad State Beach is for you. The campground is located on a rugged bluff overlooking the ocean with access to the beach below. There are also several footpaths along the bluffs, perfect for a short walk. Be sure to make camping reservations far in advance.

Carlsbad State Beach, or Tamarack Beach, has long been popular with local surfers, so if you hope to surf yourself, or just watch others catching a wave, head here early in the morning. There are also two paved paths here popular with walkers, joggers, and cyclists.

And for beachside eats, head on over to The Camp Store on Carlsbad Boulevard. With a unique but exquisite menu, it’s a great place to eat and enjoy Carlsbad State Beach Campground. It also offers beach rentals, camping supplies, and several scheduled musical events throughout the month. The Camp Store is sure to become a family favorite during your summer getaway.

6. Be A Kid Again At LEGOLAND

If you’ll be traveling with young children this summer, there is no better amusement park in California than LEGOLAND. A combination of a theme park, water park, and aquarium, this destination is perfect for families looking for something both fun and affordable. When purchased online, tickets are more reasonably priced than other amusement parks. 

The iconic plastic building blocks loved by kids everywhere take center stage here. Build your own LEGO creation, hop on a roller coaster, climb a rock wall, or speed down a water slide. There is plenty to do, but the size of these parks won’t exhaust parents.

Don’t leave LEGOLAND before checking out MINILAND San Diego, the world’s first LEGO version of San Diego. Made of over 5 million blocks, it includes the Coronado Bridge, Petco Park, the County Fair, and much more.

7. Stroll Among The Flowers

Each spring, a large swath of land in Carlsbad bursts into color during the ranunculus bloom. Yellow, orange, pink, white, and purple flowers seem to go on forever at The Flower Fields at Carlsbad Ranch. Open from March to Mother’s Day, 50 acres of flowers can be explored here.

The colorful fields alone are worth the trip, but there are many other activities offered including an antique tractor wagon tour, the cymbidium orchid greenhouse, sweet pea maze, and Santa’s playground for children. If you’re interested in purchasing ranunculus to take home, pop into Armstrong’s Garden Center on site.

8. Great Shopping And Dining In Carlsbad Village

The downtown portion of town, known as Carlsbad Village, is a charming stretch of boutique shops, hotels, galleries, and restaurants. You could easily spend a day exploring the streets of the village. 

Olde Ivy Antiques specializes in coastal décor as well as eclectic and classic antiques. This is definitely the place to go for decorating your beach home. If you enjoy watching glassblowing, then head to Barrio Glassworks. Founded by the Raskin/Devlin family, this unique shop was inspired by the famous glassblowing island of Murano, Italy.

When you get hungry, you’ll have loads of restaurants to choose from. For something casual and family-friendly, try Harbor Fish Cafe and order their delicious clam chowder. For an upscale dinner, don’t miss Campfire, recently awarded Bib Gourmand by the Michelin Guide. And no matter what you order for dinner, save room for the make-your-own s’mores!

Where To Stay In Carlsbad

Carlsbad is home to a wide variety of hotels and resorts. It is an upscale town, so be aware that budget accommodations are hard to find here.

If you can splurge on your stay, then definitely head to Park Hyatt Aviara, a five-star, luxury resort spread among 200 beautifully landscaped acres. Here you’ll find fine dining, the soon-to-open Miraval Spa, and the Avaira Golf Club. Rooms feature marble baths and private balconies with views of the coast or golf course.

Another splurge is the Omni La Costa Resort & Spa featuring eight pools, two golf courses, and an award-winning spa. Accommodations include rooms, suites, and villas spread throughout the large and lovely property.

The Carlsbad Seapointe Resort is an ideal option for families or larger groups since it offers an all-condominium property across the road from the ocean. One- and two-bedroom condos are available with fully stocked kitchens. There’s plenty to do on site including a family pool, adult-only pool, putting green, barbecues, and fire pits.

As the only beachfront hotel in Carlsbad, Beach Terrace Inn is definitely the choice for a romantic getaway. Guests can enjoy ocean views from their room, the pool deck, and the outdoor lounge. A beach valet provides complimentary use of chairs, umbrellas, boogie boards, and sand toys.

Food is a universal language. One of the best ways to explore new cultures and traditions is by trying the local cuisine, from street food to fine dining. To identify the best food cities in the world, we turned to our well-traveled readers. TravelAwaits readers voted the following 12 cities as the culinary capitals of the world in our annual Best Of Travel Awards.

1. Rome, Italy (Winner)

With dishes like pasta and pizza, how could Italy not top this list? The capital is full of little cafés and bars, but the Eternal City is synonymous with food. No Italian meal starts without some antipasti and a little aperitivo. When in Rome, do as the Romans do and treat yourself to cacio e pepe, a pasta dish that literally translates to “cheese and pepper.” For a taste of la dolce vita, treat yourself to a scoop of gelato or some tiramisu!

2. Paris, France

The French are famous for their cheese, bread, and wine, so it’s no surprise that our readers voted the French capital as the second-best food city in the world. In addition to iconic cafés and charming Parisian restaurants (some in old railway stations), the City of Lights is home to amazing open-air food markets. Although the markets are only open a couple of days a week, nearly every neighborhood has at least one major food shop street where almost every conceivable type of food is sold. Grab a baguette and some stinky cheese to take on a picnic in the park, nibble on a flaky and buttery croissant, sip on un café at a café, and indulge in delectable delights from the boulangerie.

3. Barcelona, Spain

Barcelona is known for its tapas — small plates that are perfect for sharing and trying a variety of different dishes. This coastal city is swimming with seafood and boasts some of the best paellas you can find in Spain. A feast for the senses, La Boqueria is a vast and colorful covered market. The unmistakable wrought-iron Art Deco building is full of local and exotic fruit, cheeses, charcuteries, fresh fish, a great selection of spices, and a few little restaurants where you can sample freshly cooked seafood.

4. Vienna, Austria

Known for its exquisite cuisine, coffee, hot chocolate, and pastries, Vienna is home to such delicacies as goulash, apple strudel, and kaiserschmarrn (scrambled pancake). Don’t sleep on the schnitzel — the classic Austrian dish that consists of a breaded and fried cutlet. 

5. Verona, Italy

Just 75 miles west of Venice, Verona is known as the set of Romeo and Juliet, but it is also a popular foodie destination. We’re here for the carbs! In addition to fresh housemade pasta, Verona offers polenta, a classic dish in Northern Italy that is made with corn flour. Gnocchi is the star of Verona’s Carnival season and ciabatta is the Italian answer to the French baguette. Ever present on Verona menus, risotto all’Amarone is made with locally grown rice and red wine (Amarone della Valpolicella) instead of white, topped with a generous grating of Veronese cheese. Try it at Bottega Vini, one of the city’s oldest restaurants.

6. Kyoto, Japan

In Japan, noodles such as ramen, udon, and soba are meant for slurping, which lets the chef know you’re enjoying the food. Known for its traditional Japanese cuisine, Kyoto offers everything from noodles to sushi and tempura, but you may not have heard of some of the other local specialties. Okonomiyaki is a type of savory pancake, while yuba, or dried tofu skin, is a staple of Japanese and Chinese cuisines. Native to Kyoto, obanzai is made of fresh local ingredients that often incorporate food that would usually be discarded. Try it at the 400-year-old Nishiki Market downtown, or sample the street food and snacks available at one of its 100 booths.

7. Oaxaca, Mexico

Filled with a panoply of flavors and fresh ingredients, Mexican food joins our top 12 in what is no surprise to anyone possessing tastebuds. Considered by many to be the gastronomic capital of Mexico, Oaxaca is a great place to visit for your first trip abroad. Both the state and its eponymous city offer a bonanza of history, nature, lively festivals, warm local people, amazing architecture, vibrant markets, and food, food, food. Oaxaca is especially known for its many varieties of mole, a rich and flavorful sauce that is often served with chicken. Other local specialties include tlayudas, memelas, and chapulines, aka Mexican fried grasshoppers.

8. Bangkok, Thailand

Instead of asking how you are, Thai people will often say “Have you eaten yet?” That’s how central food is to the culture of Thailand. And with oodles of noodles, satay, and sweet treats, who could blame them? Salty, sweet, spicy, and sour notes overlap in this deeply flavorful cuisine. Traditional Thai ingredients include ginger, fish sauce, coconut, lemongrass, and incredibly spicy Thai chilis. The nation’s capital makes for the perfect place to partake in Thai street foods. Feast on fantastic flavors available at the many food stalls of Khao San Road. 

Keep in mind that in Thailand, as in many other Southeast Asian countries, there is a possibility of getting food poisoning. But don’t let that stop you from sampling delicious dishes such as pad thai, tom yum goong (hot and sour soup), khao soi (northern Thai coconut curry), mango sticky rice (a popular Thai dessert), the stinky fruit durian, som tum, and Thailand’s infamous green papaya salad.

9. Marrakesh, Morocco

From cumin to saffron, Morocco is known for its spices. A veritable spice rack in itself, ras el hanout is a rich, colorful aromatic that seasons savory Moroccan dishes such as meats, veggies, couscous, pasta, rice, and stews called tagines. Jemaa el-Fnaa, one of the most-visited tourist attractions in Marrakesh, is a great place to sample Moroccan street food. Hundreds of stalls offer delicious grilled meats, kebabs, potato cakes, and freshly fried fish in between snake charmers and henna tattoo artists. While in Morocco, be sure to try the pastilla, a North African meat or seafood pie that is made with warqa dough (similar to filo).

10. Marseille, France

A coastal town on the Mediterranean in the South of France, Marseille is a seafood lover’s dream. The country’s oldest and second-most populous city is also the birthplace of bouillabaisse. In addition to this famous fish stew, classic Marseille dishes include madeleines, the iconic almond-flavored shell-shaped sponge cakes; and panisse, which is sort of like a French fry, but is made with chickpeas. Try that and socca (a chickpea pancake) at one of the city’s markets, where you can shop the region’s high-quality produce. Marseille is located in the Provence wine region, which produces some of the world’s most famous rosé wines. Its long history of immigration makes for a melting pot of gastronomical influences, from North African to Middle Eastern.

11. Athens, Greece

Greek food also has Middle Eastern influences. In fact, hummus is the Arab word for “chickpea.” Athens is a top food destination for travelers, with a rich culinary history, fresh ingredients, and a vibrant dining scene that combines tradition with innovation. Traditional dishes include moussaka (eggplant), souvlaki (skewered lamb or chicken), and dolmades (meat, rice, dill, and mint stuffed into a vine leaf). Even the dips, or mezze, such as tzatziki, are amazing. And don’t even get us started on the baklava!

Greece’s fertile soil, temperate climate, and proximity to the sea result in a wide variety of fresh, high-quality ingredients. Greek cuisine is known for its use of fresh herbs, vegetables, olive oil, and fish, all of which can be found in abundance in Athens. Think fresh Greek olives, just-baked pita bread, and locally produced feta crumbles. Sample street foods such as gyros, souvlaki, and spanakopita at food stalls and kiosks throughout the city.

12. Amsterdam, Netherlands

Amsterdam is a top food city due to its diverse culinary scene that showcases local and international cuisine. The city is known for its traditional Dutch dishes like bitterballen (fried meatballs) and stroopwafels, as well as its multicultural offerings, including Indonesian rijsttafel and Surinamese roti. 

Amsterdam also has a thriving street food scene, with food trucks and markets offering everything from cheese to herring to falafel. Check out the food stalls at Lindengracht Market and Albert Cuyp Market, where hundreds of stalls sell everything from fresh produce, cheese, fish, and poultry to clothing, personal items, and household goods. Stalls sell prepared global foods as well as Dutch treats like poffertjes (mini pancakes), pickled herring, and crispy potato fries. Treat yourself to a huge, freshly made, gooey, and deliciously warm caramel-filled stroopwafel. Dam Square offers food stalls, restaurants, cafés, bars, and shopping. Additionally, there is a strong focus on sustainability and farm-to-table dining, with many Amsterdam restaurants sourcing their ingredients from local farms and producers. 

These are just a few of the many great food cities in the world you can visit to satisfy your culinary cravings. Thanks to our readers who voted in our 2023 Best Of Travel Awards!

Related Reading:

• 9 Delicious Destinations For Cheese Lovers Around The World
• 7 Delicious Dishes That Taste Better In Their Native Country
• My 14 Absolute Favorite Meals I’ve Had On Vacation 

We all have different vacation styles. Some of us gravitate toward leisure, others lean into adventure when they’re enjoying time away from home. Those varying interests — and paces — can tend to make traveling as a family a bit difficult as you consider and balance the needs of every member.

But there’s a central Illinois getaway spot that will tick most, if not all, of your family’s boxes when it comes to an unforgettable vacation, with a focus on the outdoors. From foodies and shopping mavens to thrill seekers and athletes, Champaign-Urbana won’t disappoint in the summer. Tucked between Chicago, Indianapolis, and St. Louis, and well-connected by interstates and Amtrak, it’s a snap to get to from just about anywhere. 

Here are a few of the reasons why you might want to consider the Champaign-Urbana area as a summer destination spot!

Get Moving!

From hiking, walking, and camping to biking and fun on the water, Champaign-Urbana is especially fun in the summer. For starters, the area’s park and preserve system is both scenic and robust, with enough trails and paths to keep you moving no matter your individual fitness level. 

Allerton Park and Retreat Center features more than a dozen miles of trails that will take you through prairies, gardens, and forests along the Sangamon River. When you’re done wandering, be sure to check out the historic Allerton residence, built back in 1900 by artist and philanthropist Robert Allerton. Lake of the Woods Forest Preserve also features a gorgeous setting to get those steps in, with a covered bridge, botanical garden, and 2 miles of paved and unpaved trails around Lake of the Woods.

If you’re more of a water baby, the Champaign-Urbana area also has you covered. Cool, clear water in two lakes makes the 275-acre River Bend Forest Preserve a hotspot for both fishing and kayaking. Middle Fork River Preserve is a favorite for swimming and camping is also available. Middle Fork is Illinois’ first and only International Dark Sky Park. Its intentional low light pollution means you’ll be treated to an incredible star show in the evenings.

Bicyclists will especially enjoy Kickapoo Rail Trail, the former CSX railroad tracks turned bike path in Urbana. The nearly 7-mile rail trail is flat as a pancake, offering an easy ride from town to the village of St. Joseph. You’ll see native plants and wildlife, and the best part is that there’s more to come: When complete, the Kickapoo will offer more than 24 miles of scenery for bikers to enjoy from the saddle.

To combine a dose of rich history with your outdoor time, consider stops — and steps — along the Champaign County African American Heritage Trail. The trail educates residents and visitors alike, sparking conversation and expanding understanding. This online resource is accessible to all and includes physical stops plus the stories of people who helped shape the county.

Embrace The Arts

Champaign-Urbana makes it easy for you to get your groove on and embrace your inner culture vulture, especially during the summer when the weather is warm. There are a variety of live outdoor music events, including Friday Night Live, a celebration that continues every Friday evening between Memorial Day and Labor Day among three locations featuring different music styles. There’s also the Allerton Park Concert Series, held on the estate’s lovely lawn once a month. If you want to combine your love of music and nature, head to either Homer Lake or Lake of the Woods Preserves for occasional live music sets. Pack a picnic to make it the perfect day or evening! Finally, the Sipyard beer garden hosts local and regional acts, where they play in shipping crates turned music stages during the summer.

You’ll also have the chance to check out a variety of art galleries in the cities and towns of Champaign-Urbana, which focus on locally produced pieces by master craftspeople and artisans. And to get your sunshine fix in along with the art, make plans to attend the Crystal Lake Park Art Fair. Held in August, this event features more than 40 artisans setting up shop right along the lake. It’s a beautiful setting for artwork that’s just as pretty. You’re bound to find pieces to consider adding to your collection! 

Enjoy The Markets And Festivals

For starters, any fan of locally grown produce and goodies will want to check out Urbana’s Market at the Square, held downtown Saturday mornings May through October, rain or shine. The market offers the best fruits and veggies from surrounding farmers fields, along with baked goods and other handicrafts.

On the first Saturday of every month during the summer, downtown Champaign hosts the fabulous Toast to Taylor Street Block Party Series, which features food, music, fun, and plenty of beautiful items for sale from local and regional makers, designers, and artisans. There’s even an onsite beer tent!

Families looking for old-fashioned fun should have the Champaign County Fair on their vacation radars. The late-July event includes rides, games, and fun food, along with livestock competitions, a demolition derby, horse shows, motorcycle races, live mainstage music shows, and even a fair queen contest.

And if you’re craving a sweet, bubbly treat, make plans to attend the Mahomet Soda Festival! This charming outdoor event combines live music, great food, and all sorts of out-of-the-box soda flavors. Historic downtown Mahomet hosts the annual event, which takes place in June. Make your way through the festival and sample endless options from family-owned bottlers across the country. From hot ginger ale to colas and fruit flavors, once you find the soda you like best, you can purchase your favorites to take home and enjoy.

There’s A Taste For Everyone

Champaign-Urbana prides itself on having a diverse and critically acclaimed culinary scene, with a focus on locally grown and produced food. There’s a whole host of international flavors to try out as well, from Filipino to Indian, Italian, and Vietnamese. Barbecue lovers will delight in the many restaurants that serve up saucy delicacies from the grill, and there are also many craft breweries and wine bars across the county. Bottom line, you’re not going to go hungry during your visit, no matter your palate’s preferences. It’s incredibly easy to curate a foodie weekend here the entire family will love. To check out all that’s available, visit Champaign-Urbana’s food guide!

And once the weather heats up, Champaign-Urbana really rolls out its patio season. Many of its restaurants, bistros, cafés, and bars offer al fresco drinking and dining. They’ll be breaking out the umbrellas so everyone can enjoy meals outside with family and friends. Downtown Champaign alone boasts more than 2,000 outdoor seats during the summer season!

Pro Tips: Getting To Champaign-Urbana

Champaign-Urbana is incredibly accessible from major midwestern cities, as it’s located at the crossroads of Interstates 57, 72, and 74. American Airlines serves the county’s Willard Airport, with direct flights daily from both Chicago and Dallas/Fort Worth. And Amtrak runs right through the heart of the county, with stops in both downtown Champaign and nearby Rantoul, as well as routes starting to the north in Chicago and terminating south as far as New Orleans. The area is truly in the middle of it all!

While summer is a terrific time to visit, the sun shines hot and direct. Take necessary precautions so that sun doesn’t slow you down: Wear high-SPF sunscreen, perhaps a hat, and by all means, stay well-hydrated. Also, if you’re going to enjoy Champaign-Urbana’s parks, preserves, waterways, and other outdoor amenities (which we highly recommend!), make sure you apply plenty of bug spray and wear light, long sleeves to avoid bothersome bites.

Corazón Cabo Resort & Spa is a beachfront resort in the heart of Medano Beach — the best swimmable beach in Cabo San Lucas. The resort offers couples, friends, and groups the right mix of comfort and adventure. Guests can sip on a cocktail while taking in the iconic views of Cabo’s most famous landmark: Land’s End. And when night rolls around, guests can enjoy the enchanting city skyline at Rooftop 360. The bar at the top is the highest rooftop terrace in the city and is not only Instagram-friendly but also the perfect place for late-night dancing above the sea.

Amenities

• Oceanfront infinity pools; one on the rooftop 
• Family pool with swim-up bar and an adult-only pool
• Elevated and private beach club
• Onsite world-class full-service spa
• Complimentary Wi-Fi
• Concierge services
• Fitness center
• Rooftop lounge and restaurant

Room Types

Corazón is a contemporary resort with 310 luxury guest rooms, suites, and penthouses. All accommodations offer private furnished balconies; some have a private hot tub with premier views of the Sea of Cortez or downtown Cabo.

Hotel Class

Luxury four-star resort

How To Get To Corazón Cabo Resort & Spa

The resort is 35–40 minutes from Los Cabos International Airport.

Parking

Valet Parking

Why I Chose Corazón Cabo Resort & Spa

First, it’s been years since I’ve been to Mexico and the beautiful beaches there. When I was invited to review the resort, I didn’t hesitate because I wanted to experience another part of Mexico I hadn’t been to.

History Of Corazón Cabo Resort & Spa

Where the Sea of Cortez meets the Pacific Ocean, Corazón Cabo Resort is a timeless narrative throughout. The project draws influence from Mexico’s rich history, integrating cultural elements with luxurious amenities.

Activities At Corazón Cabo Resort & Spa

The resort offers many activities on the water.

Electric Surfing

Cabo is easily a fan favorite and for a good reason, but many haven’t explored its active side. Ever tried electric surfing? It is an adventure.

Crystal Kayaking

It’s kayaking in a crystal clear kayak where you can see through the bottom. It’s pretty cool, but we didn’t see a thing that day!

Snuba

This is a cross between snorkeling and scuba diving. Explore a guided underwater adventure with no heavy equipment on your back.

Restaurants At Corazón Cabo Resort & Spa

Aleta

This waterfront restaurant is the perfect spot for relaxing and savoring the flavors of Cabo, with striking views of beautiful Medano Beach. With an open kitchen, Aleta features fresh, daily caught seafood. Guests can also bring their own catches for a “You Hook, We Cook” experience; they will cook it right in front of you!

Rooftop 360

Perched high atop the ninth floor, set against a backdrop of panoramic views, Rooftop 360 is the perfect all-day escape to enjoy brunch, lunch, happy hour cocktails, or dinner.

Corazón Beach Club

Corazón Beach Club offers a stylishly relaxed atmosphere that manages to be both playful, indulgent, and chill all at once. The beach club features daybeds, lounge chairs, a live DJ, and a full-service bar and kitchen with first-rate food and handmade craft cocktails.

Camaleón Cafe

Located in the lobby, Camaleón Cafe features handcrafted espressos, cappuccinos, lattes, teas, and more. Sundries and a selection of grab-n-go items are available as well.

Types Of Travelers At Corazón Cabo Resort & Spa

The resort’s vibe is loud, with music playing until late at night. I saw many couples, young college kids (it was spring break for college students), and a few families with small kids. It’s a happening place, so whoever stays here must like a party scene.

Pet-Friendly Information

Pets 25 pounds and under are welcome.

Tips On Booking Accommodations

Book ahead, especially during the busy season.

What Is Near Corazón Cabo Resort & Spa?

Downtown Cabo is within walking distance and right outside the hotel. The Milky Way Bar next door also plays loud music.

Would I Stay Here Again?

It would depend on who goes with me. If I were to bring my grandson, I would not. But for a girl’s or couple’s trip: yes, I would go back. The resort is very popular among any age. After all, Corazón Cabo Resort & Spa is up for being one of the most Instagrammable hotels in the world in 2023.

Contact Information

• 1-(800)-753-5069
• Pelicanos 225, El Medano Ejidal, 23453
• Cabo San Lucas, B.C.S., Mexico

For more of TravelAwaits’ resort recommendations, check out these articles:

• The Stunning New Safari Lodge To Experience In South Africa’s Kruger National Park
• 7 Cozy Inns And Resorts You’ll Love In The Northeastern U.S.
• Our 9 Favorite All-Inclusive Resorts In The U.S. (2022)

“Small but mighty” perfectly describes Grand Forks, North Dakota. The city of 60,000 sits just an hour south of the Canadian border, making it a favored destination for Canucks to hop across the line for a weekend getaway. It’s also a college town and a busy agricultural hub, so there’s always plenty going on. 

And that holds true for the food scene as well. From the Midwest’s best breakfast at Darcy’s Cafe to mouth-watering caramel rolls and chicken tortilla soup at The Red Pepper to chocolate-covered ripple chips at Widman’s Candy Store, Grand Forks is an unexpected culinary dream.

1. Casa Mexico

You’ll have to hop across the state border into the sister city of East Grand Forks, Minnesota, to get your fill of authentic Mexican fare. But the trip (really only 2 minutes over the bridge) will be worth it! Step into Casa Mexico and grab one of the coveted booths for a cozy dining experience. Warm tortilla chips and housemade salsa will be at your table before you even crack open the extra-large menu.

What To Order At Casa Mexico

While it’s nearly impossible to pick a favorite, the chimichanga platter reigns supreme in my world. I like the deep-fried, flour tortilla stuffed with beef (chicken is available too), but I especially love the Spanish rice and refried beans that accompany the piping hot plate. Can’t decide what to order? There are 27 combination plates that offer a little taste of everything.

Pro Tip: Their fresh and delicious salsa is available for takeout! Get a container or two to go for late-night chips and salsa.

2. Harry’s Steakhouse

The name “Harry” is no stranger to Grand Forks. The long-standing liquor stores called Happy Harry’s offer a grand selection of wine, spirits, and beers. And now, Harry’s family has a steakhouse! The vibe here is all 1940s-classic with padded red leather booths, sumptuous wood walls, and a towering wall of bourbon behind the bar. The restaurant sits downtown, right next to the city’s Empire Theater.

What To Order At Harry’s Steakhouse

In the classic chophouse style, the steaks are the stars here, aged at least 21 days and sourced from North Dakota, South Dakota, Minnesota, Iowa, and Nebraska. At 14 ounces, the New York strip is the perfect steak dinner, but if you’re looking to splurge, the 22-ounce bone-in ribeye is it. All sides are a la carte and come in shared portions. Harry’s-style hashbrowns start with shredded potatoes that are crispy fried then topped with onion, apple-wood smoked bacon, and crumbled bleu cheese. A dish of Brussels sprouts is also a must, graced with more bacon, more bleu cheese, dried cherries, and balsamic.

Pro Tip: A seat at the bar gives you dinner and a show as the skilled bartenders create classic cocktails. The El Mundo Libre is Harry’s twist on the margarita, featuring blanco tequila, orange liqueur, jalapeno agave nectar, and lemon.

3. The Red Pepper

Since 1961, it’s been difficult to put The Red Pepper into a category. Is it a taco stand, late-night Mexican restaurant, or sandwich shop? It’s all that and much more, serving up no-frills food from three Grand Forks locations, including the original and iconic red-clad building that’s become a landmark.

What To Order At The Red Pepper

While the tacos, tostadas, and enchiladas are always tempting, it’s the chicken tortilla soup that I crave. Thick, creamy, and with more than a little kick, it comes topped with Colby cheese and warm tortilla chips on the side. If I’m extra ravenous, a garbage plate does the trick, with tostadas, lettuce, seasoned ground beef, and lots of sauces piled high.

Pro Tip: There are no forks at The Red Pepper. There are big messy plates of crumbling enchiladas and heaping salads, but no forks. It’s spoons only. Don’t ask me why.

4. Darcy’s Cafe

It could be a movie set; it’s that cool. And it’s breakfast all day at Darcy’s Cafe, the quintessential Midwest diner that promises food “better than your grandma’s, as good as your mom’s.” Look for the low-slung white building on North Washington, then take a seat at one of the tables or plunk down at the lunch counter for daily home-cooked meals from early morning to just after lunch. You may sit next to a farmer, trucker, student, or food blogger.

What To Order At Darcy’s Cafe

Dave’s Special includes your choice of hash browns or American fries topped with sausage, bacon, ham, onions, mixed peppers, cheese, and two eggs, plus toast or pancakes. It’s most often ordered by really hungry patrons and people named Dave. I can’t resist the pecan caramel roll and a side order of crispy bacon to get the day started. In the mood for lunch? Burgers and sandwiches come with your choice of side, which includes tater tots.

Pro Tip: Darcy’s Cafe has excellent merch, from generous coffee cups to sharp-looking t-shirts with the diner’s logo.

5. Up North Pizza

The open-concept, industrial vibe inside Up North Pizza makes it a favorite for family lunches, late dinners, and gathering with friends to watch the big game. Everyone feels right at home in this place, located in East Grand Forks, Minnesota, within shouting distance of North Dakota.

What To Order At Up North Pizza

With names like Schnitzengiggles, Yeee-Row, and Cheesus Mary ‘N Joseph, it’s almost as much fun picking what to order as eating your pie. I’m a fan of the Gnarly Charlie with house red sauce, pepperoni, pineapple, and jalapeno pesto for a good, strong kick. Their mac and cheese is also stellar, with butter-baked bread crumbs and smoked chicken. Speaking of smoked: The wings are nearly addictive, especially with the Jamaican jerk rub.

6. Urban Stampede

If it’s coffee you’re craving, a visit to downtown Urban Stampede is a must. The doors opened in 1993, making it one of the state’s oldest coffee shops. Located in a gorgeously original historic building, the eclectic shop is a meeting place for downtown dwellers and visitors alike, with its cozy booths, communal tables, and lunch counter. Funky art, community notices, and happy tunes prevail.

What To Order At Urban Stampede

The revolving menu of seasonal favorites should most definitely be sampled. Quality beans from Dogwood Coffee Co. in Minneapolis are freshly roasted and delivered weekly, so the brews are always delicious. Try the signature Thai iced coffee with cardamon and condensed milk for a flavor bomb, or try the tried-and-true salted caramel latte. Take a seat, sip at your leisure, browse the shop, and stay awhile.

7. Bernie’s

Bernie’s sits in the former home of the beloved Whitey’s Wonderbar, a space that served East Grand Forks for almost 100 years. The new incarnation is the brainchild of Food Network show host Molly Yeh from Girl Meets Farm and her husband Nick Hagen. Patrons are thrilled to see the original horseshoe bar perfectly preserved as a service counter for Bernie’s midwestern fare.

What To Order At Bernie’s

The breakfast sandwich is a standout with potato and cheddar baked eggs, local Swiss cheese, and ham. Get it in the square, freshly-baked English muffin and satisfy your sweet tooth with a ginormous ripple chip and chocolate chip cookie. At lunch, a local bologna sandwich gets served up with mayo and lettuce on country white. Get it with a side of fried cheese curds.

Pro Tip: Step up to the counter to place your order then browse the general store in the lobby. Pick up Yeh’s cookbooks, ready-to-go treats, and flour milled in North Dakota.

8. Tea & Crepe

Whether it’s the cold grip of winter or the blazing heat of summer, Tea & Crepe always has plenty of patrons awaiting Asian-inspired treats including coffee, bubble tea, crepes, and rolled ice cream. The downtown location makes it a great place to pick up a cup or bowl and head for a stroll down by the river.

What To Order At Tea & Crepe

Start with a mango milk tea then indulge yourself with the TC Signature crepe which includes banana, strawberry, blueberry, raspberry, mango, pistachio, custard cream, chocolate pearls, and whipped yogurt — everything but the kitchen sink it seems! Or if you’re craving ice cream, the Bumblebee rolled ice cream treat includes bananas and Nutella.

Bonus Bite: Pop into Widman’s Candy Shop in downtown Grand Forks and pick up some Chippers. What are they, you ask? Red River Valley ripple potato chips are dipped in milk chocolate, dark chocolate (semi-sweet), or white almond for a sweet and salty taste sensation.

Related Reading:

• 7 Delicious Stops On North Dakota’s German Food Trail
• Driving The Dakotas: Rush Less, Savor More
• 10 Best North Dakota Experiences

One of the most recognized landmarks in Hawaii, Diamond Head State Monument in downtown Honolulu is my own personal Everest — one that I successfully summited! Climbing to the top of Diamond Head’s crater rim is a popular activity for visitors as well as a favorite workout loop for locals. It’s not every day that you can boast that you’re hiking up the side of a volcano in a capital city, let alone one with incredible panoramic views, but it happens every day here.

Diamond Head is part of the system of cones, vents, and eruption flows of the Honolulu Volcanic Series. Thankfully, there’s no chance of an eruption at this state park these days! But the long-dormant crater and crater walls offer visitors spectacular views and one of the state’s most rewarding hikes.

The curious name, Diamond Head, was given to the area by 19th-century British soldiers who thought the nearby sparkling calcite crystals were much more precious. But indigenous Hawaiians call the landmark Leahi, from lae for “ridge” and ahi for “tuna.” If you use your imagination, you can see how the crater rim resembles a tuna’s dorsal fin.Today, Diamond Head is protected as part of the Diamond Head State Monument. Encompassing approximately 475 acres, it is one of the largest green zones in an American state capital.

1. Arrive By Foot, Car, Or Public Transit

If you’re feeling ambitious, it’s entirely possible to hike to the gates of Diamond Head State Monument from Waikiki. Depending on where you start, it could take up to an hour — and then you still have to explore the park! But more people do it than you might think, especially fitness-oriented locals.

Most visitors, however, prefer to save their energy for the hike to the top of Diamond Head, and there are several ways to get to the park using other forms of transportation. For instance, the Waikiki Trolley blue line includes a stop at the gates of Diamond Head State Monument. However, it only makes financial sense to purchase a trolley pass if you plan to ride the trolley to other attractions and do some sightseeing.

The more frugal option is to take the city bus, which costs around $3 for adults. Bus number 23 from Kuhio Avenue (toward Diamond Head) is the most direct route via public transportation. While you’ll likely spot the State Monument sign, let the driver know where you’re headed to be on the safe side. Tickets are usually good for 2 hours, so if you’re a speedy hiker and a frugal traveler, hold on to your transfer stub, and your return trip through Waikiki might just be free.

Of course, you can always drive (there is ample parking) or catch a taxi or Uber. Diamond Head State Monument isn’t very far from the Honolulu Zoo, the Waikiki Aquarium, and Diamond Head Beach Park. If you’re planning to visit these attractions during your trip to Oahu, it makes sense to do so after your Diamond Head visit, when you’re still in the neighborhood.

2. Reservations Are Essential 

Diamond Head State Monument is open every day of the year, including holidays, from 6 a.m. to 6 p.m. The latest you can enter the park to hike is 4:00 p.m. since the round trip takes between 90 minutes and 2 hours. On peak days, the park welcomes more than 3,000 people. As such, as of May 12, 2022, all out-of-state visitors must have an advanced reservation to enter Diamond Head State Monument.

Reservations can be made up to 14 days in advance for now, but the long-term plan is to change the system so reservations can be made up to 30 days in advance. Visitors are asked to arrive within 30 minutes of their reservation time. However, you must leave by the end of your reservation time. So if you are a slow stroller, make sure you’re there at the beginning of your time slot!

3. Best Time To Hike: Mornings

If you’re visiting Hawaii from mainland North America and jet lag has you awake bright and early, visit the park and hit the hiking trails before the crowds get there. We started our hike not long after the park opened, and I’m so glad we did. The temperatures were relatively cool, there weren’t many people (though we were far from alone), and it was neat to see so many locals getting their workouts in. It helped me realize that Diamond Head is so much more than a tourist attraction — it’s a beloved part of the community.

4. Pay Online — But Bring Cash

Prior to the new reservation system, admission to Diamond Head State Monument was $5 per car (no matter how many people were in it) and $1 for pedestrians, and it was cash only. But the new system changes everything! Now the reservation system means you pay $5 per person in advance online, via credit card. You can also pay the $10 parking fee if you wish to park. If you have ID that proves you’re a Hawaiian resident, your entry and parking costs are free.

I highly recommend bringing along some extra money to buy some refreshing shave ice after your hike. There’s usually a food truck selling it in the trailhead parking lot and, in my opinion, it’s the best way to treat yourself after your adventure.

5. Minimal Gear Needed

In addition to a bit of money, you should bring your own water bottles (there are fountains at the beginning of the trail, but none as you ascend), a hat and sunscreen, and good walking shoes. I have to say, I did see quite a few people wearing casual flip-flops, and they were undeterred by the loose gravel and switchbacks. To each their own, but I’m glad I had my sneakers with me on the hiking trail!

6. Expect Stairs And Gravel

The trail to the summit was built in 1908 as part of Oahu’s coastal defense system. The hike itself is only 0.8 miles each way, but you gain 560 feet in height along the way. The trail includes a concrete walkway, loose gravel and soil, a 225-foot-long tunnel (it looks pitch black as you approach it, but it is dimly lit inside), and many, many stairs. In addition to the loose gravel, there are several narrow and awkward parts of the trail, and your ankles will appreciate the extra support that tennis shoes provide.

Having not realized there were so many stairs involved — I assumed I’d be hiking up a slope, not steps — I have to admit I was worried that the Diamond Head hike would defeat me! The stairs themselves weren’t impossibly difficult, but they were harder on me because I hadn’t expected them. Now that I know what to expect, I don’t find the route nearly so intimidating. The hike to the top of Diamond Head is a workout, for sure, but it’s manageable and well worth it for the gorgeous panoramic views. A little pre-trip planning goes a long way.

7. Great Views And Incredible History

Without a doubt, the most spectacular thing you’ll see at Diamond Head State Monument is the incredible view. Locals like to say that on a clear day, there’s nowhere else on Earth where you can see so far overland. Based on my very unscientific observations, I concur! At the top of Diamond Head, all of Honolulu opens up to you. For early risers, I can’t imagine a more breathtaking place to enjoy the sunrise.

However, the land views pale in comparison to the ocean views. From crashing, deep navy blue waves to delicate shades of turquoise lapping at the shore, this is the Hawaii of your dreams — nothing but sun, sky, and surf. In the winter season, you might just see humpback whales frolicking in the distance. And at the base of Diamond Head, you’ll notice a jaunty white lighthouse. A facility of the United States Coast Guard, the lighthouse was built in 1917 and added to the National Register of Historic Places in 1980. If you think it looks familiar, that’s because it was featured on a postal stamp in 2007! Unfortunately, you can’t visit it, so you’ll have to enjoy the views you get from Diamond Head.

While I expected incredible views — and I was not disappointed — I noticed something else that I found equally intriguing. There are many objects along the way that point to the crater’s history as a military observation point. The land around Diamond Head Trail was part of a military base for decades, and artillery cannons, cement bunkers, and an observation deck were built on the crater. You can still see the remnants of Diamond Head’s past life as you complete your hike. With an odd mix of curiosity and sadness, I observed chunks of concrete and wire slowly disintegrating and rusting on the ground. How long will it be until Diamond Head swallows up its own history entirely?

If you’re interested in learning more about the fascinating history behind Diamond Head, you can visit the park’s interpretive kiosk. The staff members are extremely knowledgeable and are always eager to answer questions.

Rest assured that the trip down Diamond Head is faster and easier than the trip up, but you should still exercise caution around the steep areas and keep your eyes open for congested spots filled with tourists wielding rogue selfie sticks!

Planning a trip to Oahu? Check out the best things to do there, plus Honolulu’s best free and frugal activities. And be sure to make time for Pearl Harbor and the North Shore.

Milan is a bustling fashion and business city that offers countless accommodation options. There are super luxury hotels, such as Armani and Bulgari, and plenty of comfortable Airbnbs. But what I like are the boutique stays, usually smaller hotels that offer something a little different while at prices that are not as eye-watering as some. 

Obviously, the selection of your home away from home is a very personal thing. So I put together a few of my favorites — in no particular order — that cover a range of styles, locations, and approaches, but each has something special to highly recommend it.

Will you be staying in the center or by a canal? Modern or historic? The choice is yours.

1. B&B Hotel Milano Sant’Ambrogio

Honestly, when my taxi from the airport dropped me off outside the B&B Hotel Milano Sant’Ambrogio, I was really disappointed. I thought it was a modern, bland-looking building without any historical charm. Inside, the first impression was more like a hostel than a hotel. But when I went up to my room on the fourth floor, I gasped with joy: The huge terrace and the stunning view across the church opposite were in fact the reason I booked the hotel. Plus, the location was steps from the National Leonardo da Vinci Science and Technology Museum and the Sant’Ambrogio metro stop, a 10-minute walk into the center and to the lovely neighborhood of Navigli. It is a quiet yet central location within easy reach of everything.

Favorite Amenities: The terraces alone are worth staying here. It is not a luxury hotel, but the rooms and bathrooms are comfortable and of a good size. But book a room with a terrace and church view and all you need is a bottle of wine and some snacks after a hard day of sightseeing, sitting on the comfortable outdoor furniture to feel so relaxed.

Pro Tip: My room was 403 and the best of the neighboring rooms — I checked! You’ll see both sunrise and sunset from there, with the pleasant church bells waking you on a Sunday. But remember to close the blinds on a sunny day before you head out in the morning; it gets hot.

2. Palazzo Segreti

The Palazzo Segreti lies off the bustling shopping street of Via Dante, the connection between the Duomo and the Castello Sforzesco, within easy walking distance of all the important sights. However, it’s located on a side street that allows for peace and quiet. The building is an 18th-century townhouse, stunning and interesting, while inside you have a great mix of historic and modern styles. There is art dotted throughout and a great selection of black-and-white photographs of some of Hollywood’s greatest stars by a tiny, but perfectly formed and equipped bar.

Favorite Amenities: I know that many hotels offer robes, but these are especially cozy, and the embroidered logo makes them a very desirable souvenir. Buy one from reception, don’t steal. You can, however, steal the little notepad and pens on your bedside table; such a cute memento.

Pro Tip: Some of the suites have a bathtub right next to the double bed, so, if you prefer privacy, make sure you get a bathroom door when booking.

3. Maison Borella

Right on the main canal in the charming neighborhood of Navigli, you’ll find the old family home of the Borellas, now a beautiful boutique hotel. The building is historic and full of charm, with wooden floors, hefty beams on the ceiling, and many original stone walls. The rooms are set around the courtyard — which is lovely and shaded to sit in — and are all gorgeous. Some have beams on the ceiling and others a skylight, while some have a courtyard view and others look out across the canal. All have lovely individual features and a splash of color provided by modern chairs or a bright orchid on the desk.

Favorite Amenities: There is the wonderful Bugandé restaurant, which is not only beautiful but also serves great food.

Plus, the hotel offers a couple of maison privees, which are private suites with their own separate entrance set apart from the hotel itself but only steps away, where you can enjoy utter privacy amongst the hotel’s amenities.

Pro Tip: On the weekend, it can get noisy. If you have a canal view, the market stalls are set up early in the morning, and at night, you have revelers, although not generally rowdy ones. While the courtyard can occasionally echo a little, it is generally quieter.

4. Art Hotel Navigli

Not far from Maison Borella, on the same side of the canal but on a little side street, lies the Art Hotel Navigli. Compared to the previous hotel, it is utterly modern, but nonetheless really nice. It is light, airy, and full of color, and, you’ve guessed it, art. Downstairs there is always an exhibition of contemporary art going, and throughout the hotel, there are sculptures and pictures complementing the building and rooms. The rooms themselves are spacious, plain but comfortable, with all the amenities you could wish for — from robes and slippers to a kettle and Nespresso coffee machine and all the usual suspects. Because it is a modern hotel, it also offers accessible rooms and facilities.

Favorite Amenities: This is where this hotel shines: with in-house, safe parking, a gorgeous spa with a sauna and swimming pool, and a superb roof terrace. It’s all right by the canal and within easy reach of the center of Milan.

Pro Tip: Here, you have plenty of room options: from rather lovely little single rooms with a private terrace to large and potentially adjoining rooms for larger families or groups of friends.

5. Aethos Navigli 

Steps from the bustling Piazza Ventiquattro Maggio and the Arco di Porta Ticinese, the gateway to Naviglio and the canals, this trendy hotel (formerly The Yard Milano) is both a quiet oasis within, as well as being on the doorstep of countless restaurants, bars, and fun to be had. A 20-minute walk, or 10-minute tram ride, from the Duomo, this is a good location for all of Milan’s sights. The hotel is a quirky mix of styles, ranging from industrial chic to historic to hyper-modern and artsy. There are so many little lovely touches and gorgeous bespoke furniture, with my favorite being the travel-trunk-inspired bedside tables in one of the suites.

Favorite Amenities: Although the neighborhood is full of restaurants and bars, in this hotel, the restaurants are the draw for the locals. With restaurants, the terrace and bar are so tempting, you will need to make a concerted effort to eat outside of the hotel.

Pro Tip: If you can splash out, book yourself into The Loft. Around 1,300 square feet of space include two bedrooms, a wrap-around balcony and roof terrace with amazing views, a library, and a walk-in closet.

6. Sina Hotel De La Ville

With 227 rooms, this hotel may be teetering on the brink of no longer being able to classify as a boutique hotel, but its location and old-world charm make me want to include it anyway. Located within the triangular of the Duomo, La Scala, and the Galleria Vittorio Emanuele II, you are in the heart of Milan, right in the shopping district, and will struggle to get your 10,000 steps in because everything is on the doorstep. The hotel dates to the 1950s, and stepping through the revolving door is a little like a time warp, with the décor not having changed much, but that is exactly the charm of this place. The rooms vary from stuck-in-the-1950s to having classy antique furniture and silk tapestries, to modern and funky with views of the Duomo, so choose wisely.

Favorite Amenities: Enjoy breakfast in bed and the roof terrace with grand views and sun loungers by a little pool.

Pro Tip: The hotel lies within a traffic-restricted zone, so, should you be driving yourself, check with the hotel about access.

A white sandy beach, stretching 27 miles along the Gulf of Mexico, is the perfect spot for your toes-in-the-sand getaway. In between all the swimming, tanning, and beach games, you will want to try out these delicious local restaurants in Panama City Beach.

With a location right on the water, you expect fabulous seafood. There are plenty of restaurant options showcasing seafood dishes that are cheerfully served in new and interesting ways. I’ve highlighted a variety of options from food trucks to iconic dining experiences, because when we travel, we want lots of choices!

My list of Panama City Beach (PCB) restaurants is in no particular order.

Note: Some information in this piece was obtained during a sponsored press trip, but all recommendations are my own.

1. Andy’s Flour Power

If you ask a local where they go to have a great breakfast, Andy’s Flour Power Bakery & Cafe is the top recommendation. The casual coastal vibe paired with carefully crafted cuisine is the hallmark of Andy’s.

What To Order At Andy’s Flour Power Bakery & Cafe

The Flour Power French toast served with strawberries, powdered sugar, and toasted nuts will fill you up for a day of exploring the beach scene. If you want something a little more bikini-friendly, the veggie frittata is filled with all the good-for-you veggie rainbow colors.

The adult drink menu is filled with perfectly crafted classics along with inspirational beverages to tickle your fancy. I recommend trying the breakfast martini, a citrusy sensation that will wake up your palate in the best way possible.

2. FINNS Island Style Grub

FINNS Island Style Grub is everything you want from a sea-shack outdoor dining experience. They have the freshest food, grilled to perfection, and served on long polished picnic tables in the Florida sunshine. Place your order, grab a seat, and pick up your yummy grub when they call your name.

What To Order At FINNS Island Style Grub

You can never go wrong with the daily specials; it’s what makes the cook happy on any given day and happy chefs cook great food. The breakfast hash is unctuous and salty: just what you need when you’ve had a long night or need to power through the morning.

The tacos are loaded and delicious. Try the ahi tuna taco with cabbage, pico, cilantro, wasabi, and sriracha; or the “Killer Carnita Taco” with smoked pork, cabbage, pico, cilantro, chili lime, and white sauce. You get two tacos per order, so bring a friend and share several plates.

3. Runaway Island

If beachfront dining is on your PCB bucket list, then you need to stop at Runaway Island. The back deck is perched on the sand offering views of the beach and waves as you dine on umbrella-shaded tables.

What To Order At Runaway Island

You can make a meal of the Baja rolls appetizer — you won’t want to share them. The rolls are filled with blackened chicken, corn, spinach, black beans, and cheese fried to perfection and served with a sweet Thai dipping sauce.

The blackened mahi taco served with cabbage, cilantro ranch, and pico de gallo, and the shrimp tacos filled with fried shrimp, cabbage, and a lime cilantro aioli and pico de gallo are a celebration of the Florida seafood and sunshine.

4. Capt. Anderson’s Restaurant & Waterfront Market

Capt. Anderson’s Restaurant & Waterfront Market is more than simply one of the best restaurants in PCB, it is an institution. This family-run establishment has been serving fresh seafood flavors since 1967.

What To Order At Capt. Anderson’s Restaurant & Waterfront Market

The restaurant serves hundreds of people each night, so you will have time to sip a drink at the bar while waiting for your table. The piña colada is cool and sweet, served in a take-home souvenir glass. It is a fun way to celebrate your vacation getaway.

Their extensive menu is all about serving the freshest seafood. For starters, try the sesame-crusted ahi tuna kissed by the grill. With so many delicious options, it is difficult to narrow them down. The grouper imperial with fresh lump blue crab and the filet of snapper are house specialties and excellent choices. If you are in the mood for a turf plate, the tomahawk ribeye or the filet mignon are cooked to perfection.

5. American Charlie Grill & Tavern

American Charlie Grill & Tavern serves classic American cuisine just the way you want it — super tasty.

What To Order At American Charlie Grill & Tavern

If you are looking for a sumptuous plate of pub grub, order the Uncle Sam Jam, a double beef patty with American cheese, mushrooms, bacon, and queso blanco. You will need to open wide for this burger. Pair it with some beautifully fried onion rings or crinkle-cut french fries for an all-American classic pub dinner.

For dessert, finish your meal off with a throwback: a classic root beer float.

6. Sharky’s Beachfront Restaurant

Sharky’s Beachfront Restaurant is difficult to miss. It’s the place with the larger-than-life shark posing picture-perfectly for your iconic PCB photo opportunity. Buckle up, your beachfront dining experience is about to commence.

What To Order At Sharky’s Beachfront Restaurant

Go in for the gumbo — shrimp, crawfish, andouille sausage, and chicken served over rice in a spicy gumbo sauce. If that’s too hot, try the shrimp ceviche — lime juice-marinated shrimp served with tomatoes, cilantro, cucumbers, onions, jalapenos, and tortilla chips. It’s perfectly chilled for lunch on a scorching Florida day.

Po’ boy sandwiches are just what you want for on-the-beach food. Order a shrimp po’ boy, or if you are feeling a little adventurous, try the Gator po’ boy; that’s right, alligator nuggets fried to a golden brown. Both are served on a hoagie roll with a spicy remoulade sauce.

7. Rollin Cuban

The Rollin Cuban is a food truck on the move in PCB. Authentic Cuban cuisine on the go is the way they roll. You need to follow them on Facebook to see where they are serving up lunch. Hunting them down is half the fun.

What To Order At Rollin Cuban

I love Cuban cuisine and at Rollin Cuban, their Cubano — a Cuban ham and cheese sandwich — is killer. The beef empanadas are delicious as well. What’s not to love about hand-held beef pies?

8. The Juicy Seafood

Across the south, The Juicy Seafood is known for its Cajun-inspired cuisine served in a casual, family-friendly atmosphere.

What To Order At The Juicy Seafood

You can order your food just how you like it. Pick a protein like blue crab or crawfish. Then, decide what type of seasoning you want from options like Cajun or lemon pepper. Finally, you can choose the heat level — from no spice to extra hot and everything in between. It’s all custom-made for your dining enjoyment.

9. RC Weddings + Events

Now, I know you are saying to yourself, “Why is a catering company in a food story about delicious local restaurants?” Well, I was at the PCB UnWineD festival and saw this stunning tray of passion fruit cocktails. Made with Chinola passion fruit liquor, vanilla vodka, and Cava with tupelo honey and spicy Tajin, it was amazing!

RC Wedding + Events caters weddings but also family reunions. Since PCB is a fabulous spot for a multi-generational vacation, you would want at least one meal where everyone could gather together, right? RC Wedding + Events will organize the location, food, and beverages — all you have to do is show up. Sounds like a family getaway I want to attend.

Hampton Inn & Suites Panama City Beach-Beachfront

After you have eaten all the great food in PCB, it’s time to find a spot to rest your head and enjoy the glorious Florida beaches. The Hampton Inn & Suites Panama City Beach-Beachfront is the perfect spot for family gatherings and multi-gen getaways. It is right on the beach where you can enjoy all the toes-in-the-sand fun and simply walk back to your cozy room for a mid-day siesta.

Pro Tip: There are two Hampton Inn & Suites in PCB. Be sure to check out the one called Beachfront.

Panama City Beach Restaurants

Casual dining with expertly prepared local seafood is the hallmark of restaurants in the Panama City Beach area. More than just a family beach vacation spot, PCB is a burgeoning foodie town offering diners variety and value in their restaurant selections.

Related Reading:

• 15 Fabulous Panama City Beach Vacation Rentals On Florida’s Gulf Coast
• One Of Florida’s Most Popular Destinations Just Announced It’s Prioritizing Accessibility
• 7 Reasons Panama City Beach Is Fun For The 50+ Crowd

The Texas Hill Country is famous for vast open spaces accented by huge old oak trees and delightful small towns, many of them with a strong German history. Most people visit the Hill Country to enjoy the nature trails, state parks, cool spring-fed rivers, art and culture scenes, and a general feeling of peace that wraps you like a warm blanket on a chilly night.

However, there’s a burgeoning wine scene in the Hill Country that is gaining the attention of wine enthusiasts and serious oenophiles. There are over 100 wineries and vineyards in the Hill Country with about half located along Texas Highway 290, also known as Wine Road 290, as well as many other scenic back roads.

I’ve chosen six wineries to share with you for their gorgeous views, ambiance, and excellent wine made with 100-percent Texas-grown fruit. All wines mentioned are available for purchase online.

Insider Info: You will definitely need a car to visit these wineries or you can book a winery tour. Fredericksburg is a good place to base yourself, just be sure to book accommodations well in advance. Probably the best tip I can give you is don’t try to visit more than two wineries per day, especially if you are driving. In fact, the places I’ve chosen are the kinds of places you’ll want to relax in, not rush off to the next place. So relax. You’re in Texas now.

1. Bending Branch Winery

Comfort

Located on a winding country road, in the hills around Comfort, Texas, Bending Branch Winery welcomes you to their estate tasting room with panoramic views for miles. It’s the kind of view that will soon have you pondering if you should get a little spot in Texas to call your own.

Bending Branch utilizes a number of cutting-edge methods of production such as flash detente and cryo-maceration. Owner Dr. Bob Young, a graduate of the U.C. Davis Winemaker Certification program with a degree in chemistry, likes to say, “Bending Branch aims to produce the best possible wine no matter what grapes are grown.” If anyone knows how to coax the best possible showing from wine grapes, Dr. Young does.

Bending Branch has received national recognition for its wines and tasting room experience: Double Gold for the 2019 Tannat Tallent Vineyards at the 2023 San Francisco Wine Chronicle competition and Silver for 2019 Tannat Newsom Vineyards; and Best Texas Winery for 4 years in a row by San Antonio Express-News. 

And speaking of Tannat — a highly tannic red wine that thrives in Texas — in the hands of Dr. Young, Tannat becomes approachable. Dare I say even soft?

But be sure to try all of the options on the tasting menu, tannat isn’t the only stellar wine being produced by Bending Branch. Although, I admit I am partial to the sparkling rosé of Tannat which tasted like a strawberry Jolly Rancher.

Bending Branch is open for tastings by appointment, or you can pick up a bottle at the estate tasting room. 

• Wine To Try: 2019 Tannat — all bottlings.

2. Pedernales Cellars 

Stonewall

Pedernales Cellars is an estate winery with 154 acres of rolling hills punctuated by live oak trees and stunning views of the Pedernales River Valley.

By focusing from the beginning on grape varieties that do well in Texas, Pedernales Cellars consistently wins national awards and recognition. Their 2020 Grenache, 2019 Valhalla, and 2019 Cariganane all received silver medals at the 2023 San Francisco Chronicle Wine Competition. 

They have recently completed updates to the tasting room and are expanding their food offerings to include a full-time food truck on site.

Dogs are welcome as long as they are on a leash; however, they are not allowed inside the tasting room.

Sustainability is an important part of the business and is carried through from the vineyards to the construction of the tasting room to the packaging. Pedernales Cellars was named a Top 10 Winery by National Geographic in 2014.

Pedernales Cellars is located off Highway 290, and is only about 10 minutes from downtown Fredericksburg,

• Wine To Try: 2020 Grenache

3. William Chris 

Hye

William Chris was founded by Chris Brundrett and Bill (William) Blackmon, who were recently recognized by Wine Enthusiast as “producers redefining American wine.” William Chris focuses on low-intervention wine production meaning they let the fruit speak for itself. They specialize in Rhone varieties like mourvedre and grenache, as well as varieties from Spain, France, and Italy.

Located just off Highway 290, the property has 6.5 acres of vineyards, tables spread out under shade trees, and a state-of-the-art facility for wine club members. Picnic lunches are available as well as a variety of tasting experiences by appointment. However, you don’t need an appointment to enjoy the vineyard views at an outdoor table with a bottle of wine.

• Wine To Try: 2019 Syrah High Cross Vineyard

4. Duchman Winery 

Driftwood

Named one of the 20 most picturesque wineries in the United States by HGTV, Duchman Family Winery is a pretty property with an Italian villa-style tasting facility complemented by a grove of oak trees providing plenty of shady picnic spots.

Duchman focuses primarily on Italian varieties like vermentino, sangiovese, and dolcetto.

I was curious to try the wines because of my keen interest in all things Italian, even before I learned of their many awards.

However, the moment I arrived and saw the impressive Tuscan-style building that serves as the tasting room, the extensive lawn scattered with picnic tables, and people spreading out their blankets under the trees, I was hooked.

Duchman Family Winery has won numerous awards and even beat the Italians by winning a Gold medal for their 2018 Vermentino at the San Francisco International Wine Competition. The Aglianico is a red Italian wine with dark-red fruit flavors and bold tannins that pairs well with food. In fact, Duchman is unique in offering a number of food options — many are made fresh on site.

You can order handmade pizzas, cheese, and charcuterie along with picnic boxes that include things like Pimento cheese, pasta salad, or mozzarella sandwiches.

Duchman is open 7 days a week and until 8 p.m. on Fridays and Saturdays, making it a great place for date night. They regularly offer music, trivia, and game nights, and in October, they host movie nights on the lawn. 

• Wine To Try: 2016 Aglianico Oswald Vineyards

5. Sandy Road Vineyards 

Johnson City

One of the most unique tasting experiences I’ve had recently was with winemaker Regan Sivadon in a treehouse overlooking the vineyards at Sandy Road. Not only is Regan making great wine — that treehouse experience is a winner!

Sandy Road began with a vision of sharing great Texas wines and the serenity the owners experienced while growing up on their grandparents’ 100-year-old property.

Regan has been in the wine business for decades and is associate winemaker at Ron Yates and Spicewood. And while he loves his work there, Regan wanted to make a product that he has complete control over, a wine he could put his heart and soul into without limitations.

At Sandy Road the goal is 100 percent Texas wine from Texas fruit, sustainably and responsibly grown. Be sure to try the 2022 Estate GSM Pet Nat wine. It’s refreshing and loaded with ripe fruit flavors and pairs perfectly with the treehouse. Read more about Pet Nat wines here.

The Sandy Road Vineyards Estate Sangiovese Rosé is always an award winner as it was in the 2022-2023 San Antonio Rodeo International Wine Competition, along with the 2021 Albarino and the 2019 Estate Sangiovese. 

 At Sandy Road the focus is on Southern Italian, French, and Spanish varieties and producing wine that reflects the sense of place, hard work, and passion of the owners.

• Wine To Try: Sandy Road Vineyards Estate Sangiovese 2021

6. Siboney Cellars

Johnson City

Located just off of Highway 290, aka Wine Road 290, four miles west of Johnson City, the drive up to the new Siboney Cellars tasting room and terrace takes you past a stand of heritage oak trees and recently planted merlot vineyards. Once you arrive at the terrace you can enjoy the views of this gorgeous 52-acre hill country property.

Winemaker Barbara Lecuona is producing award-winning wines from French, Italian, and Spanish grape varieties. Though her first wines were bottled in 2017, the current winery property opened to the public in 2021. The new space includes a barrel room — an elegant room for wine club members — an outdoor terrace, and an indoor tasting room. 

Siboney Cellars (pronounced SEE-Bo-Nay) is a love story with a Latin plot, though the grapes are 100% Texas fruit. Owners Barbara and Miguel Lecuona named the winery for the eponymous Cuban love song written by Miguel’s great uncle. The winery is an expression of their passion for each other and for winemaking. 

• Wine To Try: 2020 Malbec Challis Vineyards

More On Texas Hill Country:

• The Best Things To See And Do In Fredericksburg, Texas
• 11 Beautiful Caverns To Visit In Texas Hill Country
• 9 Best Things To Do In Beautiful Marble Falls, TX

Palm Springs, California, does not disappoint. Nestled between our beautiful mountains lies a valley known for its great weather and restful vacations. Our amenities for relaxation include golfing, swimming, poolside lounging, fine dining, and first-class spas that can help relieve stress or provide a beautiful refuge from the outside world. 

Many of the large hotels have spas in the Coachella Valley. Below are some of the larger hotels that welcome guests and locals by providing an opportunity to purchase a day pass.

While I was comped for the massages, all experiences and opinions are my own.

1. Spa Desert Springs

JW Marriott Desert Springs Resort And Spa

When you approach the JW Marriott Desert Springs Resort and Spa, you immediately sense this is going to be a unique experience. Pink flamingos glide on the palm-tree-surrounded pond along the driveway with seemingly not a worry in the world.

Watch for signs for the Spa Desert Springs. This co-ed spa offers places to meet and relax at the pool, the lounge, or dine together in the bistro.

I was in awe at the beauty of the walnut-colored wood paneling everywhere; even the lockers were beautiful. Everything you need is here, including a spinner to help dry out your swimsuit before you head home.

Don’t Miss: One of the special features of this spa is that it has three saunas: one very hot, one normal, and one infused with lavender. Oh my, I could have stayed in that for hours, though, of course, it’s not recommended.

My massage was heavenly in a quiet, elegantly appointed room with lavender permeating the air. The 60 minutes went by way too fast and reminded me that a massage should not be considered just a luxury but a necessity to keep one’s body in stellar shape.

Feeling relaxed and happy, I wandered outside to the warm pool surrounded by umbrellas and staff waiting to take my order for a drink or a bite from the bistro.

Pro Tip: No reservations are necessary for a day pass, but for massages, body treatments, or facials, you can make them online at Spa Desert Springs or by calling. They do not have hair, nail, or pedicure services available.

2. The Well Spa

Miramonte Indian Wells Resort And Spa

The Well Spa is a separate building on the sprawling, citrus-covered grounds of the Miramonte Indian Wells Resort and Spa. After parking your car, ask for directions. The building is hidden away on the grounds.

One of the special features of this spa is the unique hot tub. Stone walls and waterfalls divide the space so guests have privacy while they bask in the 102-degree water.

The waiting room was well-appointed and the cinnamon tea available to all guests while you waited for the treatment was superb. I was escorted to one of the treatment rooms with eucalyptus scent greeting me. While most treatment rooms are upstairs, there is an elevator and larger rooms available to accommodate wheelchairs.

Don’t Miss: This is a pretty strong statement, for I have had many massages, but I honestly can say the “Rain Massage” was undoubtedly the best massage I have ever received. Granted, I had been on a cross-country airplane journey, but the masseuse found every spot I didn’t know needed attention. Five essential oils dripped onto my back and gently urged the tight muscles to relax. I was delighted with the scalp massage and my feet were so happy.

The next stop was the eucalyptus steam room and a cool pool to complete the process. Feeling refreshed with no care in the world, I headed outdoors to the hideaway patios, which are co-ed, as is the outdoor spa and pool.

You can have food delivered to the patio, or you can keep your robe on and head to the restaurant, where the menu offers a variety of options. I headed to the restaurant, took my food outside, and ate under the citrus trees.

Pro Tip: Reservations are required for a day pass. Hair, nail, and pedicure options are not available. Call and make arrangements for all other spa treatments at The Well Spa.

3. Sunstone Spa 

Agua Caliente Resort Casino Rancho Mirage

When you hear the Sunstone Spa has been rated one of the top spas in California and is in your neighborhood, how can you not be tempted to check it out? 

The entrance to the Sunstone Spa building is tucked away down a path, so keep your eyes open for the gate.

The contemporary-themed women’s locker room had more amenities than anyone could need; even little bamboo toothbrushes with toothpaste carefully packaged. The quiet room, where you wait for staff to get you for your treatment, was dimly lit with an array of snacks and water infused with various ingredients that encourage you to return for more.

Lavender filled the air as I walked in for a massage. After an hour, I put on my robe, poured myself some more water, and headed out to the spa’s private co-ed heated pool, surrounded by umbrellas which was the perfect place to lounge and relax under California’s sun.

Don’t Miss: Once you have found your perfect spot outside, check out the food and drink menu. My eyes quickly landed on three varieties of energy drinks — mocktails as they called them — and I choose a cranberry one, and then discovered all mocktails are free. 

This spa offers exceptional service and staff making this day pass a great value while feeling totally pampered.

4. The Spa At Sec-He 

Excitement had been building because, not only would downtown Palm Springs now have The Spa at Sec-he, but it would also be five stars. The spa opened on April 4, 2023, much to the delight of visitors and residents.

Don’t Miss: This is the only spa in Palm Springs with hot mineral springs known for their healing abilities. The Agua Caliente Tribe calls it “taking the waters,” so you will want to bring your swimsuit and enjoy the private tubs and the outdoor pool.

With eight different kinds of massages, numerous body scrubs, and wraps, you are sure to find one you especially enjoy. Or perhaps, it is time to live on the edge and try something different. The choice is yours.

Amenities with the day pass include salt rooms, a grounding room, a healing water tub, a menthol sauna, and an aromatherapy shower, to name a few.

This beautiful spa has many lovely lounging areas and two restaurants. When you decide to get a day pass, I suggest you come as soon as they are open. I assure you that you will not want to leave the premises all day.

Pro Tips: Palm Springs Spas

The spas are open all year long. However, be sure to call to ensure you know their exact hours. I found I was enjoying my pool time, only to discover the staff wanted to go home to their families.

People with disabilities will discover their needs can be met at any of these spas. All four resorts have their prices online for various services. Day passes are in the $40–$145 range but call and check online to see individual spas’ specific charges. The day pass fee will be waived if you have any treatment, such as a massage or facial.

Related Reading:

• 8 Unique Spa Treatments That May Be More Stressful Than Relaxing
• 7 Luxurious Spa And Golf Resorts To Experience Around The World
• 7 Luxurious Spa Treatments To Experience Around The World

The music is hauntingly beautiful, the dances are expressive and energetic, and the food is traditional and hearty. The Navajo Nation experience offered at the Red Heritage Indigenous Entertainment Hall in Page, Arizona, virtually pulses with authenticity.

In everything from the rhythmic drum beats provided by a group of local musicians to the world-class dances presented by athletic performers, Red Heritage delivers on its promise of an artistic and educational experience to remember. In fact, short of attending a powwow event in a venue in the Navajo Nation, it is hard to imagine getting a better immersion into Native American dancing and music in a single evening than the one offered at Red Heritage.

One of the beauties of Red Heritage’s entertainment is that, unlike powwows, the shows take place almost every night, and the venue is located right in the middle of the northern Arizona town of Page. I recently attended an evening show at Red Heritage and I loved the multi-faceted approach that covered everything from food to art to music.

Here are seven things that bring Navajo culture to life at the Red Heritage Indigenous Entertainment Hall.

Information in this article was obtained during a sponsored press trip. All opinions are my own.

1. The Dancing Is Inspiring

The dancers at Red Heritage don’t just perform their numbers; they seem to live the stories that are integral to the origin of the dances. Red Heritage owner and master of ceremonies, Tomas Hunt, sets the stage beforehand by explaining how the dances came to be, helping the stories come to life.

For example, he told the audience about the origins of the Grass Dance, which originated with the Mandan People of the Great Plains. Pointing to the strands of ribbon on the dancers’ regalia, Hunt said, “This is very symbolic of the way the traditional Grass Dancer would get low to the ground, pull the grass out, and tuck it into their clothing. It also helps you visualize the fluidity of the grass and the gentle breeze and the harsh winds.”

The elegant and poignant Jingle Dress Dance, performed by two female dancers, focuses on the struggle that Native Americans faced with illnesses brought by European settlers. “When the Europeans first came to the Americas, there were illnesses that Native American people had no immunity to,” Hunt said. The dance symbolizes the story of a young girl who became ill but was healed when she danced in a Jingle Dress. “The Jingle Dress Dance is a wellness dance,” Hunt continued.

All of the dances in the Red Heritage program, including a spectacular Hoop Dance, are illuminated with colorful lighting, lending a lovely aura to the performances.

Hunt concluded the program by pointing out how the Hoop Dance reflects day-to-day struggles of real life. Picking up the hoops from the floor of the stage, he told the audience, “You have to pick up each of the hoops one at a time. We can apply this to our lives. We can’t let our problems pile up. Pick up these hoops, pick up these problems, and rebuild the world that we live in.”

2. Performers Are Local

Red Heritage takes pride in its local talent, and its website notes that the show “showcases local dancers talented in colorful powwow dancing, flute playing, and live drum music.”

Hunt introduced several of the dancers as members of his family and he told his own story of growing up in the Navajo Nation in the small town of Shonto.

3. The Business Is Navajo-Owned And Operated

Hunt and others emphasized that the Red Heritage Indigenous Entertainment Hall is Navajo-owned and operated. The authenticity of that factor is reflected in the dancing and regalia.

“If you look at the clothing we’re wearing, we do not refer to them as costumes,” Hunt said. “A costume implies that you are trying to be something that you are not. This is who we are. We’re Native Americans. We’re not pretending.”

He added that thought, prayer, and symbolism go into the regalia. “They’re all handmade by a family member or relative or ourselves,” he said.

4. Moving Native Music

Throughout the evening, the dances were accompanied by rhythmic drum beats and chants provided by a drum ring made up of four or five musicians. The music changed depending on the dance, but it always filled the hall with an authentic air, and it seemed to drive the dancing.

Another highlight of the show was a performance by a local musician on a native flute, the melodic and captivating music resonating through the hall.

5. Informative Stories About Navajo Rug Making

Red Heritage’s show started off with a presentation about the history and heritage of rug making in the Navajo culture. The weaving demonstration included a young girl sitting at a loom, along with a display of iconic Navajo rug designs, and an explanation of how the rugs are created.

Red Heritage’s head Navajo rug weaver, Charlene Hunt, led off the evening by telling the audience that while the Spaniards first brought sheep to the area in the 1500s, that was not the beginning of the story of Navajo weaving.

“The anthropologists will tell you that’s about the time we started to make our weaving,” she said. “But our story goes much further than that. Our first weaver, her name was Spider Woman. She taught her daughter how to do the weaving and it’s always been taught from female to female until about the 1900s.”

The presentation included fascinating details about gathering the wool, cleaning it with a soap made of yuca root, and weaving it on a loom. Several children in the audience were asked to volunteer to come on stage and help demonstrate the process.

6. Delicious Navajo Tacos

Upon arrival at Red Heritage, guests are directed to a traditional Navajo taco buffet, complete with a choice of meats including chicken, beef, and pork, and toppings such as lettuce, tomatoes, salsa, and sour cream. Guests also have a choice between the classic Navajo fry bread for tacos or rice as a gluten-free option.

The buffet also includes a choice of desserts and soft drinks. For those who prefer a beer, a glass of wine, or a cocktail to go along with their dinner, the Blue bar is located right next door, and drinks can be taken into the adjoining entertainment hall. Billed as bringing the “big city” to Page, the Blue offers a range of local beers and cocktails, as well as traditional espresso and authentic French pastries.

7. The Location Is In Town And Convenient

Located right in the middle of Page, Red Heritage is wonderfully accessible and easy to find.

Because it is part of a shopping center that once housed a supermarket, parking is plentiful, and other restaurants, bars, and stores are nearby. Along with Red Heritage, the shopping center also features a popular sushi spot, Blue Buddha Sushi Lounge, as well as a steak, seafood, and pasta spot at the DAM Bar and Grille, and an outdoor clothing store, the Dam Outlet.

Pro Tip: Base For Antelope Canyon And The Wave

Owing to its location at the northwest edge of the scenic Navajo Nation — just miles from the Utah border and not far from several national parks like Zion, Grand Canyon, and Bryce Canyon — Page makes a great base for taking in the countless natural wonders in the region. Among the most iconic of the nearby features are the slot canyons of Antelope Canyon, picturesque Horseshoe Bend on the Colorado River, the stunning Lake Powell in the Glen Canyon Recreation Area, and the pinstriped rock formations of The Wave (available by permit and lottery only).

The Hub

A wealth of information on Page-area attractions, including instructions for how to register for The Wave lottery, is available at Page’s official visitor center, The Hub.

Beautiful Chautauqua Lake is one of the many popular getaways in New York State for outdoor activities. Boating, birding, and fishing join hiking trails and wine-tasting trails that will keep you happily exploring the beautiful scenery and sun-drenched days.

Chautauqua Lake, a freshwater lake, is 17 miles long and up to 2 miles wide at its widest point. One of the highest navigable lakes in North America, Chautauqua Lake has an elevation of 1,308 feet above sea level.

Note: Some information in this piece was obtained during a sponsored press trip, but all recommendations are my own.

1. Bird Watching

Where better to seek out migratory birds than at the institute housing the history and memorabilia of the author of the Peterson Field Guide to Birds of North America? At the Roger Tory Peterson Institute of Natural History (RTPI) ornithologists and recreational bird watchers/listeners can wander the two half-mile-long trails snaking through the 27-acre preserve. The successive woodlands and meadows are a perfect habitat for birds, butterflies, and bees. Pack your best binoculars and discover the birds of western New York.

Enjoy the exhibits of Peterson’s art and other naturalist artists adorning the inside of the architecturally stunning RTPI home. Weekly spring bird walks, outdoor yoga with the birds, and other seasonal events allow you to relax and absorb the natural beauty of the RTPI sanctuary.

2. Panama Rocks

When you want to hike and explore something a little different, Panama Rocks is a fabulous option. The 1-mile loop trail takes hikers past massive rock formations, small caves, narrow canyons, and deep crevices weaving through a cool moss-covered forest. The dappled sunlight plays off the dark rocky formations and the vibrant green moss imparts a forest primeval experience. The intriguing natural wonders at Panama Rocks are why we take a walk in the woods — to contemplate interesting landscapes and to breathe in the fresh, rejuvenating woodsy air.

The trail requires traversing uneven ground but is rated easy by AllTrails.

3. Swimming

There are oodles of swimming spots along the shores of Chautauqua Lake.

Long Point on Lake Chautauqua State Park is a day-use park with a sandy beach, hiking and biking trails, a boat launch, kayak rentals, and a bathhouse.

The Chautauqua Institution Beaches come in a variety of flavors. Children’s Beach, noted for its shallow waters, sits next to Pier Beach — a deepwater swimming beach.

If you want to swim in Lake Erie, then the under-1-hour drive to Hanover Town Beach is a great option. They have a bathhouse and marina so you know this is a popular spot during the hot summer months.

You can find lots of wonderful beaches to swim and soak up some sunshine along the shores of Chautauqua Lake and nearby Lake Erie.

4. Lake Erie Wine Trail

The conditions along Lake Erie are great for growing grapes. You will pass many picturesque vineyards and busy tasting rooms as you navigate the area. The Lake Erie Wine Trail encompasses 20 vineyards that offer a broad selection of lovely wines and beautiful landscapes.

A visit to Noble Winery offers guests a stunning panoramic view of Lake Erie from an expansive porch, enhancing your sipping experience. There are several companies that offer wine tours along the Lake Erie Wine Trail. One of the best ways to visit is to leave the driving to a professional — that way you can taste all the wines.

5. Barcelona Lighthouse State Park

Lighthouse aficionados will love the charming Barcelona Lighthouse State Park. Perched high on a bluff, the lighthouse had its first keeper in 1829. The Barcelona Lighthouse’s claim to fame is that it was the first natural gas-fueled lighthouse in the United States. While you are not able to climb to the top of the 40-foot structure due to deteriorating stairs, the view from the small park is lovely.

6. The Chautauqua Belle

Touring Chautauqua Lake on the water offers some of the nicest lake views. The Chautauqua Belle is a charming steamboat offering historic tours on the lake, cocktail parties, and private events. Sit back and enjoy a trip along the calm waters and catch a view of all the lovely vacation homes along the shoreline.

7. Audubon Community Nature Center

The Audubon Community Nature Center offers a variety of interesting outdoor programs focused on birds and other critters native to the western New York area.

In the spring, local ornithologists capture birds for bird banding — a technique that provides insight into migratory and resident bird behaviors. Bird-a-thons, nature photography competitions, and other animal and habitat events are scheduled throughout the summer.

8. Golfing

An all-time favorite outdoor recreational activity is hauling your beloved bag of sticks around undulating verdant fairways and chasing a little white (or pink) ball. There are lots of golf course options in Chautauqua County; you could play a few rounds during your getaway stay.

Chautauqua Golf Club offers 36 holes of great golf to keep your swing well-tuned. At Bemus Point Golf Club & Tap House, you can enjoy nine holes of forgiving golf and finish with a great al fresco lunch. Another great nine-hole course is Willow Run Golf Course, a family-friendly option perfect for newbie golfers.

9. Bemus Point

A charming lakeside enclave, the village of Bemus Point draws visitors to explore this tip of Chautauqua Lake. Shops and restaurants paint the area with colorful quaintness. Alpacaville is always a hit, offering tours, alpaca wool, and handcrafted goods. Bemus Point Pottery is just the place to find your perfect getaway souvenir.

When you are ready for a break, stop by Guppy’s Tavern for a great lunch and local brews; it will be a meal to remember.

10. Fishing

Just hang up the “Gone Fishin” sign and be on the lookout for muskellunge, walleye, and bass. Sport fishing is one of the most loved outdoor adventures on Chautauqua Lake. Seasoned and novice anglers will enjoy fishing in the calm lake waters. Bring your camera and a waterproof cover; you will want to get a picture of your monster catch.

Chautauqua Fishing Charters will customize your fishing experience based on your desired catch of the day. You can enjoy an evening dining on your catch at a local establishment that offers a cook-your-catch meal prep.

Muddy Creek Fishing Guides offers a wonderful angler experience on Chautauqua Lake. They have half- and full-day fishing adventures that will satisfy your bucket-list fishing experience.

11. Boating

When you are vacationing in a beautiful area like Chautauqua Lake, you need to get out on the water to fully enjoy the outdoor experience. Whether it is a kayak adventure, a relaxing stand-up paddle board ride, zipping around on a jet ski, or cruising on a beautiful boat, there are rental shops to accommodate your on-the-water happy place.

Bemus Bay Water Toys is the spot for your fun water toy rentals. Whether you require a pontoon boat, catamaran, kayak, hydro bike, bass boat, or floating water mat, you will be playing on the water and enjoying the #LakeLife vacation vibe.

When you want to explore the lake in style, One Fine Day Boat Charter is just the thing. Captain Johnson will plan a custom trip out on Chautauqua Lake in his vintage Lyman Day Cruiser. Enjoy stories of lake history while you sit back, take in the view, and leave the driving to the captain.

Chautauqua Harbor Hotel

After exploring all the outdoor recreation opportunities, you will need a spot to rest up for the next day of exploring. The Chautauqua Harbor Hotel is perfectly situated to enjoy all the surrounding Chautauqua County outdoor activities. The seasonal outdoor Carousel Bar is a hub for evening libations and sunset watchers. Their onsite restaurant, the Lakehouse Tap & Grill, is an upscale casual dining experience just steps from your cozy room. The bread basket is amazing with several varieties of goodies, two types of butter, and a tapenade. I recommend the Reuben — corned beef topped with sauerkraut, house-made Thousand Island dressing, and Swiss cheese on the best rye bread.

Choose a room with a view of the lake. Sitting on your balcony enjoying your favorite beverage as boats motor past is a wonderful way to end the day. Alternatively, an after-dinner stroll along the water begins right at the back gate. If you desire something more relaxing, grab an Adirondack chair and enjoy the beautiful sunset by one of the fire pits.

Chautauqua County

There is so much to do and see in Chautauqua County, you will want to plan a several-day-long getaway. Boating, fishing, swimming, and hiking will keep you outdoors and active. Beautiful sunsets, wineries, and fun dining round out the days of exploring; coming together for a memorable lakeside vacation.

Pro Tip: The summer season in Chautauqua Lake runs from May to October and, of course, is at its height in July and August.

Related Reading: 

• 17 Must-Visit Quaint Towns In Upstate New York
• 20 Quaint Upstate New York Towns Perfect For A Holiday Getaway
• 12 Famous Foods To Try On New York’s Upstate Eats Trail

Is there anything better than Italian food? Pizza, pasta, risotto, truffles, and all that wine make it what is most likely the most loved cuisine in the world. I mean, do you know a city without an Italian restaurant? Of course not. But eating Italian food in Italy is even better. The pasta is more al dente, the ingredients more authentic and fresh, and, chances are, there is actually a nonna in the kitchen cooking away. 

Every region in Italy has its own specialties, which shine more there than anywhere else, but overall, it is quite certain that you will eat well wherever you go. And that is as true in Milan as it is in the rest of Italy.

Here I have listed some of my tried-and-tested places to enjoy a drink, breakfast, lunch, and dinner. They vary from a café inside a mall to a lovely restaurant in a gorgeous hotel, from a little place locals frequent to a terrace loved by tourists but still serving great food. In no particular order, you will not be disappointed by any of these.

1. Terrazza Aperol

Let’s start with my favorite first thing to do in a great city: sit on a terrace with a great view and a local cocktail in hand. In Milan, this leads you straight to Terrazza Aperol, literally next door to the fabulous Galleria Vittorio Emmanuele II and right by the Duomo. On the second floor, the terrace has simply the most spectacular views of the cathedral, you can sit in the sunshine, and the oh-so-Italian spritz is perfectly refreshing. There is simply no better place to start your visit to Milan.

What To Order: The clue is in the name, and the Aperol spritz is perfect, but there are also other choices of cocktails, spritz, prosecco, wine, or non-alcoholic drinks. A must-do is to order an aperitivo: a platter of nibbles that accompanies your drink. This is a typical pre-dinner antipasti tradition, and, if you are not too hungry, it is large enough to count as dinner. You get little sandwiches, meatballs, dough pockets, and there is also a vegetarian option.

Pro Tip: Downstairs, at ground level, have a look at the sandwiches in the vitrine of the Mercado del Duomo. These are substantial and really good, perfect for a cheap snack or picnic on the go. 

2. Naviglio 48

Right by the canal in the Navigli neighborhood, there are countless restaurants, most with seating outside and most offering typical Italian pizza and pasta for the hungry visitors that come to the district for its charm, markets, and restaurants. It is often very much hit-and-miss trying to find a decent restaurant when visiting abroad, as with everywhere unless you have local knowledge, but usually, the guests give you a clue. 

Naviglio 48 is frequented by more Italians than foreigners, and that is always a good sign. You can sit outside in the sunshine or inside in the quirkily decorated dining room, complete with piano and historic champagne cases. But my favorite spot is in the open window, technically inside, but so close to the outside that you can see everything going on from your slightly higher vantage point while benefiting from the inside shade.

What To Order: I always make a beeline for anything to do with truffle and/or mushrooms, and here, the pappardelle al funghi porcini e tartufo hit the spot. Start off with a mozzarella salad or the tartare di tonno al pistacchio tuna tartare and you can’t go wrong.

Pro Tip: Don’t forget to read the daily specials on the blackboard; always fresher than anything else.

3. Bebel

Napoli has its pizza, Rome its cacio e pepe, and Milan its risotto. You’ll find it on pretty much every menu, but, as with everything, it always depends on who is preparing it and for whom. Head away from the touristy spots to a local restaurant such as Bebel, which is in fact steps away from Il Caffe Ambrosiano mentioned below. Here you have no fancy décor, but each table is filled with families from the neighborhood, and you always have people already standing outside when they open at 7 p.m. Bebel is one of those places without a terrace, without anything to advertise it from the outside, but with all the charm of a typical Italian neighborhood eatery on the inside.

What To Order: For starters, have the grilled vegetables, which come with some grilled Scamorza cheese, a smoked cheese not unlike halloumi but without the squeak. And then, try the risotto alla Milanese, a simple plateful of yellow rice. Looks boring, but as it is flavored and colored with saffron, the taste is subtle and very good. And when in Milan…

Pro Tip: Order the house wine; it’s very good, very affordable, and available by the glass.

4. Il Caffe Ambrosiano (Bar Tavola Fredda)

When it comes to breakfast, the Italians like it sweet and light. So, what better than a traditional café with a vitrine full of croissants, biscuits, cakes, and all sorts of other sweet things, most of which I made my research project to try? Il Caffe Ambrosiano — right next to the National Leonardo da Vinci Science and Technology Museum and steps away from my hotel — is a little haven with superb coffee. Here, locals all know each other and take half an hour to order their drink because they all chat so much. Ambrosiano truly has the best croissants I have eaten in a very long time, and, having lived in Paris for years, that is saying something.

What To Order: Order the plain croissants, the shortbread biscuits, the canestrelli, the prussianes, and basically everything they have. Eat the croissants with your coffee and take a bag full of other goodies with you for the day.

Pro Tip: This is a family-run café, and despite the popular museum next door, they are closed on Sundays.

5. Bugandé

Part of the lovely Hotel Maison Borella, a historic place to stay right on the canal Naviglio Grande, is the Bugandé restaurant. Beautifully set tables inside and out, it is the ancient setting inside that is a must-see. There are wooden beams on the ceiling, stone walls, and they employed a quirky way to decorate the ancient surroundings and make them stand out even more by placing ceramic plates on the ceiling and covering one wall with small mirrors. There are small details everywhere, from ceramic birds to small displays of fresh flowers. It might all sound crazy and too bohemian for an elegant restaurant, but it really works. The food is traditionally Italian — maybe slightly more upmarket but no more expensive than other restaurants along the canal — and the ambiance is wonderful.

What To Order: Whatever their daily pasta special is; just trust me.

Pro Tip: Tables by the canal get the full sunshine and can get very hot, if you prefer outside to inside. Ask if the cute little courtyard is open.

6. Glacomo Arengario

Do you want something quite special with a stupendous view? Head straight to the Museo de Novecento, opposite the Galleria Vittorio Emmanuele III and Terrazza Aperol. Head up either elevator or along the spiral ramp, which is very Guggenheim, and marvel at the floor-to-ceiling windows. They are a sight to see in themselves. But look through them and there is the galleria straight ahead and the Duomo to your right. The views really do not get any better. The inside is a mix of early 19th-century design and cozy English country club, but sitting by the windows and the slightly dark setting gives way to incredible light. Book ahead to get a table in the front row.

What To Order: Start with the sea bass ceviche and then dive into the pasta, gnocchi, or risotto primi piatti, followed by the monkfish. The good thing about this restaurant is that it might look like it would be tourist bait with its views, but it serves Michelin-guide-recommended food at doable prices. And the wine list is extensive.

Pro Tip: Don’t miss the museum shop — and the museum, of course — on the way out. They have some fun souvenirs to take home.

7. Peck

My last choice is a nice little delicatessen restaurant where you not only get a choice of great coffees and wine but also a selection of lunchtime options in CityLife mall at Tre Torri. Peck is a great place to go after some shopping; to rest and recharge. Other than in most Italian restaurants, where you tend to overeat and even the smallest plate of pasta makes you feel a little too lethargic to continue sightseeing, here you can have something light and healthy and keep going.

What To Order: Either a plate of charcuterie, Italian meats, and/or cheeses with some fresh focaccia, or the sandwiches, which are stuffed with fresh ingredients.

Related Reading:

• My 6 Favorite Places To Eat In Florence, Italy
• My 6 Favorite Restaurants On Capri, Italy
• My 7 Favorite Restaurants To Experience In Sorrento, Italy

Elkins, West Virginia, is a small town of about 6,000 located in east-central West Virginia. This outdoorsmen’s paradise is in close proximity to a multitude of activities and fantastic mountain views. A four-season destination, it offers everything you could want in an outdoor playground. There’s world-class hiking, trout fishing, mountain biking, rock climbing, rafting, and skiing, plus plenty of gorgeous spots to take in the fall foliage.

Here are nine reasons you’ll love Elkins, West Virginia — on the edge of the Monongahela National Forest — in no particular order.

I was invited to experience Elkins, West Virginia, but all opinions are my own. 

1. Joey’s Bike Shop

We grabbed our bikes in downtown Elkins at Joey’s Bike Shop, where we had the pleasure of meeting and chatting with the crew. Joey and his wife, Mandy, owners of this local bike shop for about 15 years, are very enthusiastic bikers. Joey said he especially loves to race mountain bikes and even races with a team. The shop itself is a charming, old-school shop full of all kinds of cool bikes with classic ones lining the walls. My favorite is the cruiser draped in Christmas lights, which is a perfect addition to this sweet bike shop. 

These old bikes took me back to my glory days of cruising down the road on my Schwinn, with playing cards clothespinned to the spokes, making the perfect motorcycle sound. Joey outfitted us in a couple of new bikes and helmets and filled us in on the Allegheny Highlands Trail. We learned that the trailhead is just across the street from the shop, near the train station. 

Open Monday through Saturday, Joey’s Bike Shop handles sales and services of all types of bikes. You can also rent bikes from Joey’s. His work is well-known around Elkins and he has customers that travel from neighboring states. I unapologetically peppered Joey with questions about what to see and do around town because Joey’s is the kind of place you want to linger and chat for a while. He gave us a few recommendations about where to eat, and where to hike. He also filled us in on a couple of things Elkins is known for.

2. Forks Inn 

I’d return to Elkins if only to experience Forks Inn restaurant again. The intimate, reservation-only restaurant is tucked away on the edge of the Monongahela National Forest, about 3 miles from Elkins, atop Kelly Mountain. This family-run, gourmet spot offers a French-inspired menu with nods to the owners’ Appalachian roots. Did I mention the views? Forks has what has to be the most stunning views in the county. Whether looking out through the floor-to-ceiling windows of the dining room, or from the outdoor heated deck, glorious views of the mountains abound. The scenery just doesn’t get much better than this.

Fork’s has a traditional menu along with a multi-course tasting menu. Per usual, we started with drinks. I wasn’t prepared to love my cocktail selection as much as I did. My before-dinner lavender martini was the best I’ve ever had. The vodka-infused lavender was so flavorful with the perfect smooth finish that, of course, I had to have two! 

For dinner, I selected the six-course tasting experience, which includes an appetizer, soup, salad, sorbet, entrée, and dessert. It’s a lot of food to be sure, but I was anxious to give my first tasting menu a try. While everything was fresh and stunningly presented, what stood out to me most was the cottage cheese soup. I was mystified as to how the chef prepared such a creamy, rich, delightful soup from cottage cheese. If you’re in search of a place that has a wildly imaginative yet not intimidating menu, Forks Inn is your place.

3. Shopping In Downtown Elkins 

The Artists At Work is a cool cooperative gallery where local artists showcase their creations. From jewelry to gorgeous ceramic, wood, and glass masterpieces, you’ll find many handmade treasures here. We also discovered cute shops in downtown Elkins. Especially high on the list is the Delmonte Market, a boutique full of home décor, artisanal foods, and lots of handmade items. At the thrift store downtown, we found a pair of white majorette boots perfect for my friend’s pint-sized granddaughter.

4. Cabins Of Kelly Mountains

If you’re an outdoor lover but want a place that feels like home, you’ll love the Cabins of Kelly Mountain. Situated at the edge of the Monongahela National Forest, the Cabins of Kelly Mountain offer a secluded stay amid the forest, yet you’re conveniently just minutes away from downtown Elkins. 

We loved our two-bed cabin with views of the forest. The hot tub on the deck and the full sauna inside were totally unexpected but very appreciated. I loved the convenience of the full kitchen. It’s awesome to have the flexibility to whip up eggs and coffee for breakfast or make some popcorn for a late-night snack. 

The owners have seemingly thought of everything here including luxurious soaps in the bathroom, plenty of coffee in the kitchen, and games for the kids. If you’re looking for a secluded spot with all the comforts of home, the Cabins of Kelly Mountains will win you over. 

5. Tip Top Coffee

Grab your cup of joe at Tip Top Coffee and relax for a while. This downtown shop is quite possibly the quaintest place in Elkins. Completely revamped with a retro-modern flair, this coffee shop is cozy and comfortable, too. My go-to vanilla latte was expertly prepared, complete with beautiful flower art. My scone that accompanied my coffee tasted super fresh, which makes sense because they’re made in nearby Buckhannon, West Virginia.

6. Smoke On The Water

I’m always ready for barbecue. By the looks of the crowded parking lot at Smoke On The Water, plenty of others were ready to dig in as well. The large restaurant was bustling when we arrived on a recent Saturday night. Inside, we sat in the large bar area and settled in. My half-barbecue chicken dinner had the sweet, smoky barbecue flavor that I was craving. 

As good as the barbecue was, sometimes, it’s the sides that win me over. Smoke On the Water offers all the traditional barbecue sides including creamy mac and cheese, beans, baked sweet potato, and my favorite, hushpuppies. A bonus for all dog lovers is the large pet-friendly outdoor seating area.

7. CJ Maggie’s 

If you’re looking for a huge variety of items on the menu to choose from, CJ Maggie’s is the place to go in Elkins. This cozy restaurant, with private booths and tables, has one of the most extensive menus I’ve seen. We sampled lots of yummy dishes, with French onion soup, chili, nachos, and Caesar salads topping the list. This family-friendly restaurant in downtown Elkins offer’s a large variety of tasty food at reasonable prices. 

Pro Tip: Make sure you try the homemade ice cream. The mint is fantastic.

8. Great Harvest Bread 

Great Harvest Bread is a casual, strip-mall spot that serves delicious breakfast, lunch, and baked goods. My giant cinnamon roll was delish, as were the breads we tried. My favorite was the tomato garlic pesto asiago bread. All the baked goods are made in-house daily so it’s no wonder they’re so scrumptious.

9. Thomas, West Virginia

Take the spectacular drive up the mountain to nearby Thomas, West Virginia. Here you can listen to authentic Appalachian music at the Purple Fiddle, check out locally made art at the galleries, or shop until you drop at some of the unique shops clustered on Front Street. The drive from Elkins takes about 45 minutes and is full of beautiful West Virginia mountain views. You’ll want to stop along the way to take breathtaking photos of the area. You can also stretch your legs with a hike through the Davis parks. This short side trip was one of the best things we did on our visit to Elkins and I can’t wait to go back.

What To Do In Elkins According To A Local

The Mountain State Forest Festival, the largest festival of its kind in the state, is where more than 75,000 people converge in Elkins and do foresty things amid the fall foliage. Joey from Joey’s Bikes also mentioned the Ramps and Rails Annual Festival, held each April, where you can try delicious varieties of ramp-themed foods and hop on a steam locomotive train. The Durbin and Greenbrier Railroad operates historic steam-driven trains that depart Elkins for trips through the Monongahela National Forest and the Greenbrier, Tygarts Valley, and Shaver’s Fork Rivers. This is the kind of small-town fun you can experience in Elkins.

Related Reading:

• 5 Charming West Virginia Mountain Towns Perfect For A Day Trip From Washington, D.C.
• 9 Reasons This West Virginia National Park Is A Perfect Getaway For The Whole Family
• 10 Backwoods West Virginia Cabin Rentals To Enjoy Fall Foliage

Israel is known for its fresh and flavorful food. Vibrant produce, aromatic spice-led dishes, and vegan fare make up the core of Israel’s culinary canon, but there’s something else the visitor should know about it: The country has an array of utterly delicious baked specialties. (It makes sense when you think of how many Jewish grandmothers there are in the country.)

Little baked goods are called mapas in Hebrew, and you’ll see countless small shops, kiosks, and bakeries — from modern ones to old-school and generational versions selling sweet treats and unusual bread. However, mapas and bread, either savory or sweet, really help tell the story of this country of immigrants from all four corners of the earth.

Here are nine of my favorite baked goods in Israel and the best places to try them. 

1. Boureka

Burekas Penso

The Levinsky Spice Market in southern Tel Aviv is something everyone, not just foodies, should visit because it tells so many stories of people coming to the country. Early 20th-century Greek immigrants, Holocaust survivors, Iranian Jews who immigrated from Tehran to sell Iranian saffron, and generations of family bakers are the kinds of vendors you see along this colorful market street.

In the middle of it all, at Levinsky 46, is Burekas Penso, specializing in bourekas, the flaky, hand-held savory pies filled with potatoes, spinach, salty cheese, and other stuffings that came to Israel by way of Turkish immigrants. The current owner, Yocahi Panso, is a fourth-generation boureka baker who makes them by hand with all the traditional fillings

Pro Tip: Try the traditional potato boureka; grab a table just outside and watch the market mayhem. Fridays are an especially great time to view as people shop before the beginning of the Sabbath. 

2. Jachnun

Jachnun Mul Hayam, Tel Aviv; Jachnun Bar, Jerusalem

Jachnun is a slightly sweet and very rich bread so buttery that it’s almost a pastry. It comes from Israel’s Yemenite Jewish community. The dish is one of many slow-cooked for Shabbat (Sabbath on Saturday mornings). Jachnun is typically prepared the day before and baked in the oven on low heat overnight for a hot dish to eat on the Sabbath day when lighting fires is prohibited. 

The dough is made of flour, white sugar, and water, rolled out thinly, coated liberally with margarine or butter, and then rolled back up. Typically, it’s served with roasted eggs; these are often cooked in the oven along with the bread.

Jachnun’s popularity has spread beyond the Yemenite community and you can now find it all over the country even at roadside stalls and in the grocer’s frozen food aisles. It’s also become a popular brunch staple at restaurants. 

In my opinion, the best (short of someone’s home cooking) can be found at Jachnun Mul Hayam in Tel Aviv and at Jachnun Bar in Jerusalem.

3. Challah

Berman Bakery, Jerusalem

Probably the best-known Jewish baked good, challah is the braided bread loaf, traditionally eaten by Jewish families on Friday nights (the evening of Shabbat). 

A good challah is just the right balance of doughy and fluffy, slightly sweet and golden brown on the outside. It’s often covered with sesame or poppy seeds but can also be plain. Most families can claim at least one great challah maestro among them.

Of course, it’s better to eat this bread hot out of the oven around a crowded table full of family and friends. And nothing beats homemade, but that isn’t a typically available experience for travelers. So it’s good to know you can get very authentic, homemade-tasting challah at the longtime Jerusalem eatery Berman Bakery. Their challah is also known as their signature house bread. You may come for the challah, but a warning: You’ll be tempted by the many other pastries and breads in the shop.

4. Knafeh

Uri Buri Restaurant, Acre; Yaffah Knafeh, Jaffa

Knafeh is a traditional Arab dessert, originating in Nablus. It’s made of a spun pastry called kataifi, which is soaked in a sweet honey-based syrup, mixed with a sweet cheese, and typically topped with chopped pistachio.

Makers of this refined and delicious dessert indulge in a healthy competition for the prize of the best. I’ve had several memorable ones, including at Uri Buri fish restaurant in Acre, the ancient port city in the north. The restaurant is owned by the legendary Uri Jeremiah and it’s a destination restaurant.

Uri Buri’s knafeh is next level but it comes at the end of a meal. When I want to eat knafeh on the go, I like Yaffah Knafeh in Old Jaffa, the conjoined city of Tel Aviv. Yaffah Knafeh is a small cave-like restaurant with a big following thanks to its fantastic knafeh.

5. Rugelach 

Marzipan Bakery At Machne Yehuda Market, Jerusalem

Rugelach is something like Jewish pain au chocolat — a small, rolled crescent filled with chocolate (or alternatively jam or cinnamon). It’s a great little treat to have with a cup of coffee in the afternoon.

You can get some of the country’s best at Marzipan Bakery in the colorful Machne Yehuda Market in Jerusalem. Little wonder that this merchant is one of the market’s most popular. The fantastic smell of hot-out-of-the-oven rugelach draws crowds.

I can rarely resist biting right into one of the warm, buttery, chocolatey, and gooey crescents made with quality ingredients. I always remember to bring wet wipes with me as my shirt is often a casualty.

6. Maamoul Cookies

Spice Market, Nazareth

The ancient Levantine Maamoul cookie has been an important part of religious holidays for Muslims, Christians, and Sephardic — mostly Moroccan — Jews. It ushers in Easter, Eid, and Purim.

Maamoul cookie dough is made with semolina flour and then pressed into special maamoul molds that are typically carved of wood. These molds can be found in predominantly Arab markets such as the bustling market in Nazareth. The mold’s patterns are often representative of the time of year the cookies are being made; for example, Jesus’s crown of thorns at Easter.

The dough is stuffed with dates or walnuts, rosewater or orange blossom water, and the cookies are eaten while they’re soft, crumbly, and buttery.

Pro Tip: Matkonation, a tour group and food blog started by two American expats, does wonderful food tours of the Nazareth market as well as great food photography workshops. 

7. Cheesecake, Poppy Seed Cake, And Orange Cake

The Drisco Hotel, Tel Aviv

One of the great culinary experiences in Israel is the hotel breakfast buffet. These spreads defy imagination and the limits of your morning appetite. Long buffet tables are heaving with fresh fruit, eggs, cheeses, yogurt, fish, dips, olives, salads, pastries, and more. However, most hotels in Israel adhere to kosher food law, so there won’t be any mixing of milk and meat, and no bacon or pork products at all.

These breakfasts are incredible once or twice, but after a while, they can be overwhelming. The Drisco Hotel — located in a very unique neighborhood of Tel Aviv called the American Colony — offers a more elegant and refined version of the breakfast spread.

Highlights are their extraordinary versions of well-known Jewish cakes such as cheesecake, poppy seed cake, and orange cake. (Delicious!) I like to try a little slice of each.

8. Haute Couture Pastries 

High Tea, Jaffa Hotel Jaffa

High tea isn’t a typical Israeli tradition, but it fits perfectly at the Jaffa Hotel, a stunning luxury hotel that was built on the site of a French hospice. It also incorporates an extraordinarily refurbished chapel. That is the setting of one of the most incredible high teas you’ll ever experience, short of Buckingham Palace. 

The tea’s pastries are brought to you by Alon Shabo, Tel Aviv star pastry chef, whose contemporary modernist concoctions are inspired by architecture and design. The beautiful treats are even more beautiful against the backdrop of the chapel’s marble floors, stunning sky-blue vaulted ceilings, and stained-glass windows.

Pro Tip: The hotel’s signature orange scent is an homage to the Jaffa orange, once the backbone of Israel’s export economy. It’s a beautiful fragrance available to purchase as an incense or liquid soap.

9. Kaak Bread 

Abouelafia Bakery, Jaffa

Not far from the Jaffa Hotel is Abouelafia Bakery, one of the most famous bakeries in the country. 

The bakery, owned by the Abouelafia family and dating back to 1879, cooks up rounds of pita sprinkled with zaatar and sesame seeds, baklava, and triangle sesame-puffed “kaak bread” filled with different kinds of cheese. The warm and welcoming staff invite you to try and taste different things. Basically, anything you buy here will be fantastic!

Related Reading:

• 11 Delicious Foods To Try In Tel Aviv And Where To Find Them
• My 4 Favorite Experiences Visiting Beautiful Tel Aviv
• 7 Reasons You Need To Put Israel On Your Travel Bucket List

There’s something about being on the water in a kayak that is, oddly enough, grounding. It’s a simple joy to paddle peacefully over still water and soak in the sights and sounds from that unique vantage point.

As part of our many adventures in Door County, Wisconsin, my husband Dean and I took a kayaking trip at Cave Point County Park. Cave Point, one of 19 county parks on the Door Peninsula, is perched on a cliff about 30 feet above Lake Michigan. Over many years, Lake Michigan waves have eroded stone from these cliffs, naturally carving out sea caves that can be seen at water level.

When the water is calm, it’s a perfect place for kayak exploration. We loved kayaking at Cave Point County Park and here are some reasons why I think you will, too.

1. Lake Michigan

Located about 3 hours north of Milwaukee and 4 hours north of Chicago, Door County is a 70-mile-long peninsula in northeastern Wisconsin that has earned the nickname “The Cape Cod of the Midwest.” With water on both sides (the bay of Green Bay to the west and Lake Michigan to the east), it’s no surprise that Door County is popular for water sports of all kinds, including kayaking.

Lake Michigan has many faces, but here at Cave Point County Park, water in these coves rivals the color of the Caribbean, making it popular with kayakers and scuba divers alike. The views from on the water in a kayak, or in it with scuba gear, bring new meaning to the words “crystal clear.”

We took our kayak tour on September 15, which was the last day of kayak tours for the season. The morning was calm and clear, and the water sparkled like glass. We dipped our paddles in the water and moved quietly through it. This was a leisurely paddle, but when we needed a break, we floated and gazed at the bottom, remarking to each other how clear and vivid everything was.

2. The Rocky Dolostone Shoreline

Another unmistakable part of kayaking here is the rocky shoreline. I’m no geologist, but from what I understand, Cave Point County Park’s unique landscape is the product of complex geological forces over a long period of time. Web research tells me these dolostone rock formations that we could see everywhere are part of the Niagara Escarpment. Yes, the rock we looked at here connected in some way, above and below the water, all the way to Niagara Falls!  

3. The Caves Of Cave Point

The stars of the show are the caves. I guess it’s the fury of Lake Michigan’s waves (sometimes as high as 30 feet) on a rough day that makes for some amazing sculpting work, creating sea caves along this shoreline. But on this kayaking trip, we saw only beauty, no fury.

Although most of the caves are shallow or submerged, they can still be viewed from a kayak because the water is so clear. We kayaked about 4 miles along the coastline and its jagged edge, and the naturally carved caves were a continual wonder. 

Paddling Into Two Caves

Kayaking along the caves of Cave Point is one thing but kayaking inside a couple of caves is another. This can always change, but when we went, two caves could still be explored from the inside — if conditions are calm and you know where to find them (another reason to go with a guide).

Our guide showed us where to enter these caves and it was easy access — no ducking or scraping the sides. One of the caves was big enough for all three kayaks to be inside at the same time. Being inside these caves is a unique and amazing experience.

4. Peninsula Kayak Company

Another reason we loved kayaking Cave Point was that we had a guide. There are several outfitters that lead tours here, but we took the 2-hour Cave Point Kayak Tour from Peninsula Kayak Company.

The tour description was appealing: “Join us for a beautiful kayak trip along Door County’s pristine Lake Michigan coastline. The trip will take you along Cave Point County Park, and Whitefish Dunes State Park. With the unique vantage point of your kayak, you’ll be able to experience the beauty of the dolostone caves and observe the beautiful karst landscape on crystal clear Lake Michigan.” 

The outfitter provides a guide, all equipment, and the necessary transportation. We signed waivers (standard practice), were issued life vests and paddles, loaded up the kayaks for our tour, and drove us in a shuttle van to the “put-in” point at nearby Schauer Park.

Pro Tips: The water is usually the calmest in the morning, so earlier is better (we took an 8:30 a.m. tour). If you go without an outfitter, know that launching kayaks from Cave Point County Park is not recommended due to the rocky shoreline. Wear comfortable swimwear or wicking clothes and shoes that can get wet (flip-flops or water shoes). Bring water, a hat, sunscreen, sunglasses, and something (cell phone, camera, GoPro) to record the moments.

5. Devil’s Cauldron

A natural, curved rock formation near the Cave Point County Park parking lot has earned the nickname “Devil’s Cauldron.” Easy access makes it one of the most popular rocky formations in the park. Although it was calm when we were there, apparently, rogue waves crashing upward have been likened to a cauldron and earned it the colorful moniker. 

6. Lakeside Trail

Whitefish Dunes State Park

Cave Point has a unique relationship with Whitefish Dunes State Park. It is a county park that’s located within a state park, and hiking from Cave Point to Whitefish Dunes is beautiful. The Lakeside Trail is accessible from the parking lot and is about a mile and a half out and back along the shoreline.

You’ll know you’ve arrived when the Lakeside Trail takes you to the water’s edge overlooking Whitefish Dunes State Park. Whitefish Dunes features some 860 acres of forest and sand dunes (the highest in Wisconsin) and offers a mile of sandy beach and almost 15 miles of hiking trails. Growing up in the Green Bay area, I spent many a summer weekend enjoying the beaches and water here.

Pro Tip: Plan for at least 30 minutes of hiking; longer if you linger (and no one would blame you if you did). 

Get Grounded

Kayaking Cave Point County Park is a unique experience. When you head to Door County, don’t miss the opportunity to get on the water in a kayak and get grounded. You’ll see for yourself the simple joy of peacefully paddling over (what I hope are) still waters and soaking in the sights. Appreciate the beautiful Cave Point County Park from a whole new perspective.

Pro Tip: A friend from the area said that traffic and crowding in Door County during summer are getting excessive. In September, however, we didn’t see any of that. Shoulder season travel for the win!

Related Reading:

• 20 Amazing Things To Do In Door County, Wisconsin
• The Delicious Experience In Door County, Wisconsin Not To Miss
• 7 Amazing Things To Do In Door County’s Peninsula State Park For Nature Lovers

I’m not a big fan of the cold, and I cringe deep in my soul at the idea of immersing myself in ice-cold water. The fact that I was shivering in nothing but a bikini and socks on the shores of a bay in Antarctica came as much of a surprise to me as to anyone else. With my arms wrapped around my goosebumped flesh, I looked at my travel partner, Lyle, who had the same worried look on his face.

“Are we really going to do this?” I asked. “How can we not? We’re in Antarctica!” he said enthusiastically, even though his expression was anything but enthusiastic.

With that, we took a deep breath and ran towards the arctic waters. The initial shock of frigid waters didn’t hit me immediately until I held my breath and plunged into water colder than anything I had ever felt. I think I lasted all of three seconds before squealing with shock and veering off toward the shore and my dry clothes.

We had just done our first Polar Plunge, and our first time was in the bay at Deception Island, Antarctica. As they say, if you’re gonna go, go big! The Polar Plunge was the ice cube on top of the frozen cake, and here’s why I can’t wait to do it again.

Note: The writer was a hosted guest of Hurtigruten Expeditions. All opinions are her own.

1. Where I Went And Why

When you have the chance to knock off the last of the seven continents off your list and journey to a land sheathed in mystery and adventure, you jump at the chance. I had always dreamed of seeing Antarctica — made famous by legendary explorers such as Roald Amundsen, Sir Ernest Shackleton, and Sir Edmund Hillary.

Lyle and I embarked on the Hurtigruten Expeditions 12-day Highlights of Antarctica cruise. It ventured from Buenos Aires, Argentina, and the southern Argentina port of Ushuaia, before embarking on the MS Fridtjof Nansen, recently voted the safest and most sustainable cruise ship in the world.

After a rough and tumble 2 days crossing 600 miles of the notorious Drake Passage to reach the tip of the peninsula of Antarctica, we immediately started exploring. Because Hurtigruten Expeditions focuses on sustainability, science, and small-ship experiences, many of our expeditions were accompanied by working scientists on board.

2. Adventure And Excursions

Wildlife And Icy Views

Like a line of red and yellow ants, we weaved up the side of a snowy mountain on a hike to a chinstrap penguin colony at Orne Harbor; our first steps on the actual continent of Antarctica. The pathway was slippery and required hiking poles, but the views of the vast land and seas from atop the mountain were staggering. Jaunty little chinstrap penguins waddled, protected fuzzy gray chicks, and honked at each other.

Earlier that day, we went kayaking, watching icebergs calve and flip while penguins lept gracefully through the waters. Another day, we visited several penguin colonies. And on other days, we explored old Antarctica homesteads and took inflatable Zodiacs to get up close and personal with whales. Seals lounged on the ice like big gray potatoes while arctic birds like petrels and albatross soared above. While Antarctica seems desolate and intimidating, it is surprisingly full of life, and each day was a thrilling foray into discovery.

Be Flexible

Each day held potential for hiking, kayaking, Zodiac excursions, or wildlife viewing. However, the itinerary is at the mercy of the weather, so it’s best to expect delays, cancellations of activities, and hiccups along the way.

3. Learning About Antarctica

Education And Environment

The Antarctica cruise wasn’t all fun and games, though we had plenty of those. Climate researchers, students, and experts in their field, our Expedition Team led lectures about Antarctica on topics ranging from icebergs, history, ornithology, whale numbers, and phytoplankton as well as photography and stargazing.

These experts were our guides on landings, hikes, and expedition boat cruising. I was one of the lucky “lottery” winners to accompany a scientist on a Zodiac expedition to attempt to take a skin sample from a mother humpback whale and her calf while also collecting water samples to track the DNA of what creatures passed through the waters.

Other programs on board Hurtigruten’s MS Nansen included a class on how to use the GLOBE Observer app, a citizen-science app that lets you record cloud coverage anywhere you are to complement NASA satellite observations; the global Happy Whale program that lets cruisers identify individual marine mammals; Aurorasaurus, the first citizen science project that collects sightings of the northern and southern lights; and eBird, which allows guests to record seabird distribution, among others.

4. What I Liked, What I Didn’t

My favorite activities on Hurtigruten Expeditions’ Antarctica cruise were the outdoor explorations. The guides were thoroughly trained in guiding and safety, and even when a nearby iceberg flipped over in front of us while kayaking, we never felt unsafe. 

The leisurely days crossing the Drake Passage, and after the day’s activities, were filled with lectures, science lab activities, games, and more. The onboard lounge and bar with its massive windows was a perfect place to relax, sip on an Irish whisky, and watch for whales.

As guests, everyone is given a polar expedition jacket to keep, which is probably the best jacket I’ve owned. Guests are also loaned rubber landing boots, floatation devices, and special cards that track when you get on and off the ship. Safety is a big priority.

Bring Snacks

One thing I didn’t like about the cruise was the limitation of available snacks, though, I think it’s part of Hurtigruten’s efforts to reduce waste. The three restaurants on board have set hours of operation, so if you miss the window, you go hungry. We took to-go boxes of snackable items from the buffet to munch when we felt snacky.

Fun Fact: Hurtigruten Expeditions is the first cruise line to implement SpaceX’s broadband service Starlink across all ships. Today, the company now offers high-speed, low-latency connectivity across its entire fleet, and it worked fantastically for me while I was on board.

5. How You Can Do An Arctic Polar Plunge Too

Our last day in Antarctica was on Deception Island, a horseshoe-shaped active volcano. The sun was finally shining as we hiked for 2–3 hours around the rim of the volcano, which was dormant but incredibly windy. You’ll have to be able to take pretty steep inclines over rocky terrain for this hike, but the views of the bay and the ship below are well worth the huffing and puffing.

At the end of the hike, the Hurtigruten crew was ready with towels and guides to lead brave souls into the icy waters for the Polar Plunge. Frankly, I was surprised that the majority of guests from young to old braved this extreme activity, but we did. 

Be prepared by bringing an extra set of dry clothes and dry socks, as well as a hat for wet hair and gloves. You’ll have to wear socks into the water because the sand can burn your feet (it is still volcanically active), but the water was a balmy 31 degrees Fahrenheit. Back at the ship, guests who braved the ordeal all received a personalized certificate.

But the bonding that night over dinner and drinks was the best as we all recounted our icy dip and shared photos and videos.

What You’ll Need

Pack plenty of layers, preferably with an inner woolen layer. You’ll need waterproof or water-resistant pants for the excursions, two water-resistant pairs of gloves, a warm hat, a backpack for excursions, motion sickness pills, warm quick-dry jackets, polarized sunglasses, and a swimsuit. While on board, the dress code is casual, so think denim, wool, t-shirts (underneath), GoreTex, and fleece (wool).

I found having a casual pair of slip-on shoes or tennis shoes for the ship was comfy and helpful.

Also, medical travel insurance with emergency evacuation is required. 

Hurtigruten Expeditions

The optional Polar Plunge was one of the last adventures offered on Hurtigruten Expeditions’ Antarctica cruise. Throughout the week, we explored the world’s most southern continent — an intimidatingly beautiful land encased in millennia of ice and snow — and embarked on adventures ranging from snow hikes, scientific excursions, kayaking among icebergs, and hiking with penguins. And while I hate the cold and being cold, the cruise was among the most impactful experiences of any destination I’ve been to.

Related Reading:

• 7 Best Things About Visiting Antarctica
• 6 Physician Tips To Prepare For A Cruise To Antarctica
• I Took A Solo Trip To Antarctica And It Was Amazing

My first trip to West Virginia was eye-opening. People say you don’t know what you don’t know, and that’s true about the state of West Virginia. With a state motto of “Almost Heaven,” West Virginia is telling the rest of us that it’s something special, and I have to agree. 

The Monongahela National Forest is one of the state’s recreational gems. Situated in eastern West Virginia, its 919,000 acres offer a vast area to explore nature amid peaceful surroundings. According to the U.S. Forest Service, roughly three million people visit the national forest each year, making it one of the hot spots in West Virginia. 

And, it’s no wonder, with more than 500 hiking trails, countless streams and fishing holes, plenty of picnic spots, and places to stay, the Monongahela National Forest is a prime spot for any outdoor lover. Here, in no particular order, are the best experiences in the Monongahela National Forest.

While I was hosted for my West Virginia stay, all opinions are my own.

1. Cabins Of Kelly Mountain

If you’re an outdoor lover but want to be pampered, a stay at the Cabins of Kelly Mountain will be perfect for you! Situated at the edge of the Monongahela National Forest, the Cabins of Kelly Mountain offer a secluded stay amid the forest yet conveniently just minutes away from downtown Elkins. 

This property includes four large cabins all connected via redwood decking out front. The Cabins of Kelly Mountain would be the perfect spot for a multi-gen family trip with each family in their own cabin but only a stone’s throw away from each other. The cozy setting would also be a spectacular spot for a romantic retreat. The two-bed, two-bath cabin we stayed in was deluxe — complete with a large sauna inside and a bubbling hot tub on the deck outside. 

Our homey cabin had everything we needed, including coffee — no need to make that morning coffee run. We loved the large, ultra-comfy king beds, and the floor-to-ceiling windows provided great views of the elm and yellow poplar trees. The spotless cabins featured rustic furniture; much of it made of reclaimed wood from Hurricane Katrina. This property is a small, well-cared-for place with all the comforts of home.

2. Seneca Rocks

Head to Seneca Rocks to enjoy the outdoors and do a little hiking, rock climbing, fishing, or simply take in the scenery. The rocky formation is one of the area’s best-known spots to enjoy the outdoors. Start at the Seneca Rocks Discovery Center and follow the trailhead for a short 1.3-mile out-and-back hike that climbs to an observation platform near the top of the rocks. This short and steep trail gains over 700 feet in elevation! There are places to rest along the trail, so you can take your time. 

If you like heights and want to take in even more amazing views, hike to the top of Seneca Rocks. If you’re not keen on this sort of thing, you’ll still get gorgeous West Virginia views from below. Alternatively, if you’re not into hiking, how about horseback riding or climbing? You can do either at Seneca Rocks and both options are quite popular. West Virginia in general is known to be a great place for rock climbing. Another favorite where climbers test their skills (and their nerves) is the popular New River Gorge.

3. Elkins, West Virginia

Elkins is a town of about 6,000 residents that sits in the Appalachian Mountains, at the edge of the Monongahela Forest. We enjoyed quite a few local restaurants in Elkins, many of them in the cute old-fashioned downtown area. This is the type of small town that seems to be a throwback to earlier times. It’s the kind of small town where you can set your watch by the church bells that ring daily at noon. If you want to be close to outdoor activities like hiking, fishing, and biking, but want good meals and a nice place to stay at the end of your day, Elkins is a good bet.

Pro Tip: Try CJ Maggie’s for a delicious lunch. They’re one of the few spots we found open on Sunday.

4. Thomas, West Virginia

After several locals recommended we check out the nearby town of Thomas, we hopped into the car and made the short drive to the quaint mountain town. At about 3,500 feet, the drive from Elkins to Thomas was full of twists and turns, and spectacular scenery. There are quite a few roadside pull-outs where you can take in the view and grab the perfect photo, which we did a few times. 

Thomas and nearby Davis are popular mountain escapes for urbanites in D.C., Baltimore, and Pittsburgh. It’s only a few hours from the hustle of the city, yet you’re seemingly worlds away once you’re here. We enjoyed shopping in the unique shops and galleries along Front Street. 

The Purple Fiddle

While you’re here, make sure to stop into the Purple Fiddle. This cool spot is home to live acoustic Appalachian music shows that are open to all ages, a deli food menu, and a good selection of craft beers. This is a place you can bring your grandkids and they can have an ice cream while you enjoy an Irish coffee and listen to great music. I can’t wait to go back and catch some Appalachian folk music. The Purple Fiddle, along with unique shops and art boutiques, make Thomas a must-visit spot in the area.

5. Blackwater Falls State Park

More outdoor fun awaits at Blackwater Falls State Park. This 446-acre park, which has been within the parks system since the 1930s, is a popular spot near Davis, West Virginia. Whether you’re looking to hike, sled, fish, or just relax in nature, you can do it all at Blackwater Falls. The park is home to more than 20 miles of hiking trails, along with pristine fishing waters, disc golf, and more. 

Pro Tip: The Blackwater Falls State Park Lodge, with more than 50 rooms, is just one of the places to stay within the park. You can also check out more than 30 cabins, and of course, there is camping as well.

6. Trout Fishing 

West Virginia is home to great fishing. Whether you want to fish from a boat or try your hand at fly fishing, you’ll find places in the Monongahela Forest. The Elkins, West Virginia, area is known for its fantastic trout fishing, with anglers coming from all over to cast their line in search of rainbow, golden, and brook varieties. The Cranberry River is one of the most popular spots in the state for fly fishing and it has even been named one of America’s 100 best trout streams!

7. Spruce Knob 

The highest peak in the Allegheny Mountains, Randolph County’s Spruce Knob is an impressive 4,863 feet above sea level and boasts great views. The Whispering Spruce Trail is a half-mile trail on Spruce Knob where you can take in the view from a variety of vantage points. While you’re here, be sure to check out the Mountain Center Observation Tower perched atop the knob. This tower offers unbelievable views day or night. Many people put Randolph County at the top of their list for dark-sky viewing opportunities. Since there’s so little light pollution in the area, you can see the galaxies above and beyond!

8. Dolly Sods Wilderness 

A hiker and backpacker’s haven, Dolly Sods is a wilderness area that consists of over 17,000 acres near Davis. This gorgeous area is open year-round, but your best bet is to go in the spring, summer, or fall as the roads aren’t plowed in winter. If you’re looking for a great spot to get away from it all, check out under-the-radar Dolly Sods for pristine beauty and quiet surroundings.

Related Reading:

• 5 Charming West Virginia Mountain Towns Perfect For A Day Trip From Washington, D.C.
• 10 Backwoods West Virginia Cabin Rentals To Enjoy Fall Foliage
• 10 Wonderful Hikes In West Virginia

Boutique hotels have become increasingly popular with travelers. They often have distinct personalities reflecting the local culture, history, or a specific theme, setting them apart from traditional chain hotels. Boutique hotels are often designed with a keen eye for detail, from the décor to the amenities. This creates a luxurious and sophisticated atmosphere appealing to those who value aesthetics and comfort. And as the name suggests, they have fewer rooms, which allows them to provide a more personalized guest experience.

In Cambodia’s northwest region, Siem Reap does “boutique” very well. It offers unique and personalized experiences focusing on sustainability, wellness, and preserving the local culture and environment. Here are six fantastic boutique hotels for travelers seeking the most memorable and authentic Siem Reap travel experience.

1. Treeline Urban Resort 

Treeline Urban Resort sits on a tree-lined boulevard overlooking the languid Siem Reap River just a few hundred yards from the Old Market and downtown area.

Leading Cambodian architect Hok Kang financed, designed, and built Treeline. The 48 deluxe rooms and suites exude a minimalist and contemporary vibe. Sustainably sourced native timber combines with stone features and locally handmade soft furnishings to create a place of serene, laid-back luxury. Art is part of the aesthetic, with dedicated spaces from the lobby, central courtyard, and beyond showcasing collections of contemporary art and dramatic sculptural pieces.

The sustainability theme flows into the resort’s three restaurants, where carefully sourced local producers supply the freshest ingredients. Treeline’s eateries also boast impressive plant-based menu options. Brown Coffee, famous for starting Cambodia’s café revolution, is immediately adjacent to the resort and a must for your espresso-style caffeine hits.

Amenities

The onsite SURI Spa incorporates Southeast Asian massage traditions with Ayurvedic influences to help guests find their bliss. The exclusive rooftop CANOPY Bar and infinity pool offer all-day snacks and beverages. It is also perfect to watch the sun go down amongst the treetops overlooking the Siem Reap River.

Pro Tip: I particularly like the “Deluxe Living” guest rooms for their first-floor location overlooking the resort’s green and soothing inner courtyard garden. They are the only rooms with balconies allowing guests to combine outdoor and indoor living.

2. Viroth’s Hotel

Viroth’s Hotel sits in the central Wat Bo area of Siem Reap. It is just a few hundred meters from the river and neighboring Treeline Urban Resort. Opened in 2015, Viroth’s Hotel is a 35-room stylish, modern retreat taking its design from the modernist movement of the ‘50s and ‘60s. The vintage Mercedes cars in prime position at the hotel’s entrance add to the retro-chic feel.

The guest rooms balance stylish detailing with trendy design. They are decorated with chic interiors, vintage furnishings, modern amenities, and hand-picked artifacts. Tiled floors, a generous light-filled terrazzo bathroom, and spacious private terraces complete the picture.

Amenities

The hotel’s palm-fringed central courtyard with a 65-foot saltwater pool is the place to be. Alfresco poolside dining is available from breakfast to evening. A glassed and air-conditioned space complete with linen-clad tables is also open. International dishes or a seasonally inspired Khmer menu are available in both settings.

Sokkhak Spa is the Khmer name for tranquillity with treatments, including revitalizing facials, beautifying wraps, and soul-soothing rubs. Other facilities Viroth’s offers include a functional gym and a library for that quiet escape. Oh, and those vintage cars out front are for your airport transfers.

Pro Tip: Pick a guest room overlooking the pool for the best outlook and the bonus of a bit of people watching, if that’s your thing.

3. Jaya House River Park 

Situated on a tranquil section of the river just 6 minutes from downtown Siem Reap, Jaya House River Park mixes style and a social conscience. It is Cambodia’s first plastic-free hotel.

Jaya House Managing Director Christian de Boer, with two other local business operators, initiated the “Refill not Landfill” project in 2016. The goal: Replace one-use plastic water bottles with refillable ones while providing easily accessible refill stations. Now well established in Siem Reap, the program has also spread internationally.

Inspired by 1960s Cambodian Modernism, Jaya House’s 36 spacious rooms and suites all feature a balcony or terrace overlooking the tropical garden. The four Junior Pool Suites have open-air plunge pools. The guest rooms showcase soothing neutral tones, tactile local fabrics, high thread-count linens, and artisan touches. The sparkling bathrooms feature Jaya House’s range of organic toiletries.

Amenities

Jaya House’s all-day-dining restaurant serves a variety of Khmer cuisine, classic Western dishes, and a plant-based menu. River House Spa therapists are ready to calm your senses and restore your mind, body, and soul through a range of specialist treatments. Two pools are available for relaxation, including one lined with sparkling, solid silver tiles, which looks even more spectacular at night.

Pro Tip: I particularly appreciate the standard room rate inclusions. Sure, breakfast for two is typical. Add daily laundry service, 60-minute spa treatments per person per day, complimentary mini-bar, on-the-house tuk-tuk rides to town, and airport transfers.

4. Heritage Suites Hotel 

Heritage Suites Hotel is hidden in a lane just a short walk from the river and promises genuine Cambodian hospitality with European luxury. The property is a short 5-minute tuk-tuk ride from downtown Siem Reap.

Six Heritage hotel-style rooms are available, though, I recommend one of the 20 spacious suites. Ten of these suites come with their own plunge pool. These private havens exude retro cool and come with high ceilings, skylights, small private gardens with rain showers, Khmer design elements, and modern amenities. Each suite even has its own steam room.

Amenities

At the resort’s entrance, the colonial-era main building houses the Heritage Restaurant and bar with a menu fusing international and local cuisines in a refined manner. The poolside Bamboo Bar offers cooling drinks, cocktails, and light snacks, and is a calm green setting for those sundowners after a day out exploring. The onsite Heritage Spa signature treatments promise the ultimate pampering and wellness experiences.

Heritage Suites’ in-house travel agency can organize all your Siem Reap excursions. They even have a boat on Tonlé Sap lake for sunset cruises or other day trips. The hotel’s two vintage Mercedes are ideal for airport transfers and add extra style for those personalized day tours. 

5. Zannier Hotels Phum Baitang

Phum Baitang is modeled after a Cambodian village and set within 20 acres of lush gardens and palm-tree-lined rice paddies complete with water buffaloes. This all-villa luxury resort features 25 private terrace villas and 20 pool villas. These generously sized wooden villas are designed to capture the rustic charm of traditional Khmer farmhouses. Although, these “farmhouses” come furnished with hand-picked antiques, elegant linen, enormous oval tubs, and inviting daybeds on the terrace.

Amenities

The villas are separated by working rice fields. These paddies are harvested three times a year and guests are welcome to join the harvest. Long timber walkways connect each resort area with complimentary bicycles for guests’ use on the grounds. The freeform 50-meter (about 164 feet) saltwater pool is great for lounging or laps and it offers excellent views over the rice fields. Spa Temple, styled with Angkor-era design elements, offers seven treatment bungalows, a sauna and steam room, and a small but well-equipped gym.

Bay Phsar (informal) and Hang Bay (fine dining) are the resort’s two restaurants and offer locally-inspired flavors and international favorites. The Sunset Lounge, a 100-year-old Cambodian farmhouse, is ideal for those spectacular Angkorian sunsets. Furnished with comfy rattan chairs, it offers traditional and innovative cocktails, fine wines, vintage liqueurs, and premium cigars.

Phum Baitang is a 15-minute tuk-tuk ride from downtown Siem Reap.

6. Anantara Angkor Resort 

The all-suite Anantara Angkor Resort resembles a modern take on a regal Khmer villa. Its 39 expansive and elegantly comfortable suites cluster around a central courtyard and an inviting 18-meter (about 59 feet) saltwater pool. Suites successfully combine Khmer design elements with state-of-the-art amenities, handcrafted teak wood furniture, rich textiles, and unique local artwork. They also come with the resort’s one-call-service concept delivered by Experience Butlers.

Chi is the resort’s all-day dining restaurant. It offers an international buffet and live cooking stations for breakfast, while organic, farm-to-table, progressive Khmer cuisine is provided for lunch and dinner. Anantara’s Dining by Design concept offers guests an especially curated Khmer dining experience in a sculptured courtyard accompanied by an Apsara dance performance. Spice Spoon cooking classes are also available. 

Amenities

Drawing inspiration from centuries of local know-how, Anantara Spa offers indulgent treatments to soothe aching muscles after long days of discovery. The resort’s Experience Butlers are ready to help you maximize your time in Siem Reap. Be it a tailored range of Signature Experiences, like guided tours of Angkor Archaeological Park with their Temple Guru or private market tours with their Streetwise Guru.

Anantara Angkor is a 15-minute tuk-tuk ride to Siem Reap’s Old Market area. The airport is just 10 minutes away.

One of the best parts about a getaway is dining out. You can happily explore unique flavors and local ingredients without the muss or fuss of cooking and cleaning up. When you add interesting dining experiences with amazing water views, it is a delightful foodie-lover win.

Choosing where to eat can be a challenge when visiting a new-to-you destination. I have always had the best luck when I chat with local residents and find out where they like to enjoy a great meal. After spending some quality time in the beautiful Lake Placid region — and chatting with many locals — the waterfront restaurants below are my favorite ways to enjoy the local cuisine while soaking in stunning views of the area’s lakes and rivers.

My list of Lake Placid’s most popular restaurants with a water view is in no particular order.

Note: Some information in this piece was obtained during a sponsored press trip, but all recommendations are my own.

1. Boathouse Saranac Lake Pub

Alfresco dining on the deck of the Boathouse Saranac Lake Pub overlooking the picturesque Lake Flower sets the vacation mood on chill. With a casual lakeside vibe and delicious menu, you will love this fabulous #LakeLife restaurant.

What To Order At Boathouse Saranac Lake Pub

The Colossal Shrimp Cocktail is the perfect starter. They are huge — bigger than big — and you can order as many as you would like to share with your dinner companions. For a hearty meal, the Boathouse Burger is a decadent and delicious option. It features locally raised Donahue beef, pulled pork, applewood bacon, Vermont cheddar cheese, pickled peppers, and a three-cheese béchamel sauce served on a brioche bun with a side of perfectly cooked French fries.

Pro Tip: The Boathouse Saranac Lake Pub is connected to the Saranac Waterfront Lodge — a new lakefront hotel. It is tucked away from the downtown hustle but easily walkable to the Saranac Lake restaurants and attractions.

2. The Cottage Restaurant And Cafe

The Cottage Restaurant and Cafe sits on the edge of peaceful Mirror Lake. The view from the outdoor seating area and window seats in the dining room are a breathtaking panorama of Mirror Lake with the Great Range of the Adirondack High Peaks lining up to showcase a multi-peak backdrop. The Cottage Restaurant and Cafe offers the best combination of casual dining, great food, friendly service, and stunning lake views.

What To Order At The Cottage Restaurant And Cafe

I devoured the mildly spicy Thai shrimp tacos; they were so delicious. Three bountifully filled flour tortillas piled high with shrimp, a crispy slaw, and a spicy aioli. Another great option is the Cottage Style Reuben. It’s served open-faced on marbled rye bread, piled high with smoked meat, Swiss cheese, and coleslaw, and topped with Thousand Island dressing.

Pro Tip: The charming Cottage Restaurant is located across the street from the prominent Mirror Lake Inn. The inn offers guests expansive panoramic views of beautiful Mirror Lake.

3. Fusion Market

A lakeside picnic is one of the best ways to enjoy a beautiful day, a gorgeous lake view, and great food. At the Fusion Market, located across the street from the Lake Flower Boat Launch, you can order a grab-and-go lunch for a picnic on the lake. There are benches, picnic tables, and plenty of green grass where you can sit, relax, and enjoy your lunch.

What To Order At Fusion Market

Build your own cold sub with all the fixins or enjoy one of their hot dishes. Classics like mac ‘n cheese bites, a Philly cheesesteak, or a good old-fashioned grilled tuna sandwich are quick and simple — just what you want for a nosh by the lake.

Pro Tip: Fusion Market also has a nice selection of craft beers, hard ciders, and hard seltzers.

4. Lakeview Deli

Lakeview Deli, also across the street from the Lake Flower Boat Launch, is another great spot for a picnic basket lunch. Lakeview’s eclectic menu and easy access to the lake are perfect for a casual getaway outdoor dining adventure.

What To Order At Lakeview Deli

Order from their daily menu and treat your tastebuds to an explosion of flavors. The bahn mi sandwich — dressed with chili garlic mayo and Asian slaw — is a blast of flavor. The smoked gobbler is a trifecta of ham, turkey, and bacon, with Swiss cheese, Russian dressing, and cranberry sauce; delicious. When the pie-of-the-day is chocolate peanut butter pie, make sure you save room for a slice.

Pro Tip: The line of locals ordering sandwiches to-go at Lakeview Deli tells the whole story: They serve exceptional and delicious food.

5. the breakfast club, etc

There is always a line out the door at the breakfast club, etc during the high season, and for a good reason. Open for breakfast and lunch, this casual joint is constantly filled with happy guests enjoying the lakefront view and munching on plates filled with delectable food.

What To Order At the breakfast club, etc

Famous for their mouthwatering röstis, you won’t need to eat lunch after you devour a cast-iron skillet of their corned beef and cheddar rösti. Made with homemade corned beef hash, sharp cheddar, two eggs, and home-fried potatoes all drizzled with hollandaise and served with a side of sour cream, it is a hearty vacation breakfast.

Pro Tip: If you are traveling during the off-season, your wait shouldn’t be too long since you will be dining with more locals than tourists. If you go during the summer months, be prepared to queue up, but it is definitely worth the wait.

6. Lisa G’s

Tucked a little ways off the main drag, Lisa G’s is the restaurant all the locals love. Highly recommended by several shopkeepers, it is easy to see why Lisa G’s holds a special place in their hearts. Excellent food, locally owned, and far enough away from the tourists to be too crowded, Lisa G’s is only a secret to visitors who won’t venture off the main drag.

What To Order At Lisa G’s

If you love chicken wings and some variety, you will have a difficult time choosing what to order. The Truffalo wings have a medium heat with notes of truffle and blue cheese. Other options include a Greek-style wing, Bayou Buffalo with Cajun spice, salt and vinegar style, and of course, the classic Buffalo wings. Pizza, sandwiches, and plated entrées round out the simply delicious menu.

Grab your friends, order your favorite beverage, and select all the wings options to share and compare.

Pro Tip: Lisa G’s offers a pet-friendly deck and porch so your fur baby can join you while you dine and enjoy views of the Chub River waterfall.

7. Big Mountain Deli & Creperie

In the center of downtown Lake Placid are the Paul White Memorial Shell and a beautiful green park along the banks of Mirror Lake. It is a lovely spot to enjoy Lake Placid’s natural beauty and have an al fresco picnic. It’s where Big Mountain Deli & Creperie comes into play. Located on Main Street, it is perfectly situated for a grab-and-go, top-notch lunch.

What To Order At Big Mountain Deli & Creperie

Big Mountain Deli & Creperie offers classic sandwiches with an intriguing twist. Try the Rocky Peak made with maple honey ham, smoked cheddar, apples, and apple butter. Perhaps the Esther is more your style — filled with liverwurst, provolone, and red onion topped with cracked pepper mayo and spicy brown mustard.

It is a creperie too, and there is a tantalizing selection of sweet and savory crepes. I love the key lime pie crepe made with their homemade lime custard and graham cracker crumbs topped off with whipped cream and raspberry sauce. A wonderful savory take is their pastrami hash ‘n egg crepe filled with homemade pastrami hash, melted cheddar, and fried eggs.

Pro Tip: Lake Placid has a walkable downtown area, including the Lake Placid Olympic Museum. With a little patience, you may find free on-street parking, however, Main Street has lots of spaces offered at a reasonable fee. You can park, walk, look around, and picnic in one easy park.

Lake Placid Area Water View Restaurants

Lake Placid and Saranac Lake are filled with beautiful lakes and some of the best restaurants for water-view dining. Whether you prefer a fine dining experience, a rustic and friendly pub meal, or an afternoon picnic by the lake, you will find great options in the Lake Placid area.

A trip to Japan is full of wonderful experiences — cherry blossoms, hot springs, temples and shrines, castles, gardens, karaoke, and… exquisite culinary adventures. Japan is second only to France for the most Michelin-starred restaurants in the world. When thinking about Japanese food, most people picture sushi, sashimi, and tempura. As we discovered, there is so much more.

Before arriving, we consulted with our friends and colleagues in Japan to plan for a food tour of the country — Tokyo, Nagano, Kyoto, and Hiroshima. Our focus was on reasonably priced places where locals eat. We did, however, skip Osaka (an important food destination). Japan will be a place that we visit often, especially to sample more of its culinary offerings. Here’s a list of our favorite foods from Japan, in no particular order.

1. Sushi And Sashimi

Sushi is one of Japan’s worldwide exports. Often lumped together, sushi and sashimi are different dishes. Sushi is served over seasoned rice, while sashimi is served on a platter without rice. For a unique twist, try sushi at a stand-up restaurant in Tokyo station. Or, if you prefer sitting, try it at a conveyor belt sushi bar. Both styles are good for inexpensive, quick meals.

Where To Find Sushi And Sashimi 

• Tokyo Station at Uogashi Nihon Ichi
• Kyoto Station at Sushi No Musashi 

2. Ramen 

Noodles in Japan are a treat and slurping is the way to let the chef know that you are enjoying the food. Ramen, udon, and soba are the main types of noodles in Japan. Ramen is a thin wheat noodle typically served in a savory miso or soy sauce broth with slices of pork or tempura, egg, and seaweed. Our favorite ramen meals were black sesame ramen from Yudanaka Ramen Shop and wonderful duck ramen noodles in Kyoto.

Where To Find Ramen 

• Yudanaka Ramen Shop (a short drive from Snow Monkey Park) or Duck Noodles in Gion, Kyoto

3. Soba

Made with buckwheat, soba noodles are served hot or cold with vegetables, seafood, or pork. Chilled soba comes with a dipping sauce. Nagano is considered the best place to eat soba but we also enjoyed it in Tokyo and Kyoto.

Where To Find Soba 

• Second floor of the Ueno Train Station in Tokyo

4. Udon

Udon noodles are thick wheat noodles mostly served in a hot dashi (Japanese soup stock) broth with shrimp tempura, slices of fish cakes, and scallions. The noodles are hearty and chewy with a delicious broth.

Where To Find Udon 

• In Matsumoto at Mikami 

5. Tempura

Noodles are often served with tempura. Tempura is made with seafood or vegetables lightly battered with flour and deep-fried to a light crisp. You can also order tempura as a separate entrée. An alternative is a seafood or vegetable patty that has been deep-fried and is often served with noodle dishes.

6. Okonomiyaki

Okonomiyaki is a savory and popular street food made with flour, cabbage, and eggs topped with pork, chicken, seafood, or — in Hiroshima — oysters. The fried pancake is finished with mayonnaise and a sprinkling of dried bonito flakes.

We tried cooking okonomiyaki at Sakura-Tei in Tokyo. We made a mess but it was delicious. On Miyajima Island, Hiroshima, we ate the traditional okonomiyaki with oysters. No matter where you eat this dish, it is tasty and fun.

Where To Find Okonomiyaki

• In Tokyo at Sakura-Tei (cook yourself)
• On Miyajima Island at Momobros or any of the many places in the shopping area

7. Yakitori

An izakaya is a small, local bar for hanging out with friends. Most serve drinks and snacks. Freshly grilled over charcoal, yakitori is marinated chicken on a stick or skewer. Yakiton is skewered pork. Both are very tasty and go very well with beer. We were able to sample different types of yakitori and ton negima (pork belly) while hanging out with the locals along Ameyoko Street in Ueno, Tokyo.

Where To Find Yakitori

• In Ueno, Tokyo, on Ameyoko Street

8. Bento Box

Bento lunches are a staple among office workers throughout Japan. The lunches are beautifully packaged and can include rice or noodles, chicken, pork, eel or salmon, Japanese plum or pickles, radishes, seaweed, and even a few slices of fruit. It is a complete meal for lunch and is sold in grocery stores, convenience stores, and department stores. Ekibens — train station bento boxes — are sold on the platforms of train stations. We purchased ours on a train platform in Shin Kobi and at the Takashimaya department store in Tokyo.

Where To Find Bento Boxes 

• Takashimaya department stores in Tokyo

9. Yuba

Our Japanese friends recommended that we try yuba when we were in Kyoto. They never steered us wrong. Yuba is a tasty, stringy, and chewy tofu skin made from the top layer of boiled soy milk. It was almost like cheese with a chewy consistency.

Where To Find Yuba 

• At Nishiki Market and Sakura Terrace Gallery in Kyoto

10. Oysters

Hiroshima is known for oysters. If you go to Hiroshima, do not miss eating them. They are very fresh and some were as large as our palms. You can have them steamed, grilled, roasted, deep-fried, and raw. Try them one way, or like us, try them every way.

Where To Find Oysters

• In Hiroshima at Ekohiiki restaurant

11. Wagyu Beef

If you are a beef lover, you have to try wagyu beef in Japan. Soft and buttery, it melts in your mouth. The tender cuts of Japanese beef are cooked teppanyaki-style or grilled. Japan is known for Kobe beef but that’s not the only region that has amazing wagyu. We had incredible wagyu from Kyushu as well.

Where To Find Wagyu Beef

• In ShinKobe at Neiro
• In Kyoto at Sakura Terrace The Gallery 

12. Tonjiru Soup

Tonjiru is Japanese soul food cooked with pork and root vegetables like daikon, burdock, and carrot. It is commonly eaten during winter. We had the good fortune of enjoying homemade tonjiru in Tokyo. You can find it at many local restaurants throughout Japan.

13. Chestnut Creations

When you think of chestnuts, Japan is probably not the first place that comes to mind. Japan, however, has amazing chestnuts and chestnut pastries. If you are in Nagano prefecture, Obuse is the place to go to sample wonderful, airy, and mousse-like chestnut cream custard pastries and tea cakes. They are exquisite. They need to be immediately eaten so leave room in your stomach after sampling the nearby soba.

Where To Find Chestnut Pastries

• In Obuse, Mont Blanc is one of the oldest stores. There are others nearby as well. 

14. Momiji Manju

Momiji manju is a Japanese maple-leaf-shaped cake filled with adzuki red bean paste, matcha, chocolate, or custard. It is either baked or deep-fried. We had our first taste of momiji manju with friends on Miyajima Island. They insisted that we try the most traditional kind with red bean paste. We brought home many boxes of it. 

15. Oyaki

We loved oyaki — pan-fried dumplings made with chewy wheat dough. The savory ones were stuffed with chicken, mushrooms, and onions while the sweet ones had matcha, red bean cream, and cheese. They were perfect for breakfast and a staple of the Nagano prefecture. 

16. Obanzai

The 400-year-old Nishiki Market has over 100 stalls selling street food, snacks, and more. Wander the market sampling or go to a restaurant and try Kyoto’s traditional obanzai meal with several small dishes. Or, like us, do both. 

So Many More Dishes To Try

We loved discovering the breadth of food in Japan and we could have included so many more dishes. Taiyaki is a fish-shaped cake filled with matcha or adzuki red beans in Kyoto. Tonkatsu is a breaded deep-fried pork cutlet usually served with rice and cabbage on the side. Donburi is cooked meats or seafood like grilled eel over rice. Japanese food is so much more than sushi, sashimi, ramen, and tempura. Enjoy!

When someone mentions Buena Park, you may not immediately recognize the name. But if they mention Knott’s Berry Farm, Medieval Times, or The Source, you’ll know exactly what they are talking about. All three are located in Buena Park, California, but they are only a small piece of what this great city has to offer.

Buena Park can be found just 5 miles from Disneyland and 20 miles from Los Angeles, and is home to five of the seven major attractions in Orange County, including a theme park, waterpark, and three interactive dinner shows. It is no wonder Buena Park is known as SoCal’s FUN City!

The city celebrates its 70th anniversary this year with many new and exciting opportunities for you and your family to do and discover. There is no limit to the things you can say “yes” to in “The Land of YES.”

Now is a great opportunity to get acquainted — or reacquainted — with Buena Park. Here are 13 reasons why we know the whole family will fall in love with Buena Park.

Knott’s Berry Farm

1. Knott’s Berry Farm

The center of attention this summer figures to be Knott’s Berry Farm, California’s first theme park. Knott’s is well known for its thrilling rides and unique attractions. There’s also Camp Snoopy, where the kids and grandkids can experience adventures geared toward them.

Fun Fact: Knott’s Berry Farm was once a real, working berry farm. It was the boysenberry that put Knott’s Berry Farm on the map. Rudolf Boysen experimented with crossing a blackberry, a raspberry, and a loganberry. After a while, Boysen’s efforts came to the attention of one Walter Knott, who had a berry farm in Buena Park. The new berry was eventually named the boysenberry after its creator. The rest, as they say, is history.

Though the berry farm is no longer there, Knott’s origins can still be seen (and tasted) in the many berry products available at the park as well as in your local grocery store. There is also the annual Knott’s Boysenberry Festival.

Pro Tip: Knott’s has several ticket options including discounted online tickets, priority ride boarding with Fast Lane, Season Pass, VIP experiences, and park/hotel packages.

2. Fiesta Village

A village within Knott’s Berry Farm, Fiesta Village reopens this summer with an all-new look. The village pays homage to California’s Hispanic heritage. As you stroll through the village, you will encounter exciting entertainment, rides, and shopping, in addition to authentic Mexican food and drink.

3. MonteZOOMa: The Forbidden Fortress

The last time I visited Knott’s, Montezooma’s Revenge had just opened. Since then, the ride has undergone a massive upgrade and the new chapter is called “MonteZOOMa: The Forbidden Fortress”. The newly renovated coaster, scheduled to reopen this summer, will catapult riders at top speeds toward a 360-degree loop. The queue forms inside a Mayan temple where guests become engaged in a story of intrigue — and gold — while they wait for their turn to ride.

4. Ghost Town Alive!

Ghost Town Alive! transports you back to America’s Old West. On select days from Memorial Day weekend through Labor Day, you will see cowboys and bandits roaming the park. Robberies and other happenings add to the Western adventure. Join the fun by dressing up. (Knott’s has Western wear you can buy.) The event concludes with an old-fashioned hoedown.

5. Knott’s Summer Nights

The summer party known as Knott’s Summer Nights brings live bands, DJs, and food and beverage booths to the park. You will also find games and more for the whole family in a midway-type atmosphere. The nighttime festivities begin Memorial Day weekend and run through Labor Day.

6. Knott’s Soak City

When summer temperatures rise, you can cool off at Knott’s Soak City. The summer season at Knott’s Soak City begins May 20 and runs through September 10. The expansive 15-acre waterpark features thrilling water slides, tubes, and raft rides, as well as a massive 750,000-gallon wave pool for parkgoers of all ages to enjoy. Not to mention, the lazy river is one of the longest in the country.

Pro Tip: Cabana rentals include lounge chairs, umbrellas, and tube rentals and are a great option for families looking to enjoy the park together. Soak City requires a separate admission: Buying tickets online is cheaper than purchasing at the gate.

Entertainment In Buena Park

7. Medieval Times Dinner & Tournament

Medieval Times Dinner & Tournament is the #1 dinner show in North America. Medieval Times transports guests back to medieval times for a delectable dining experience featuring a four-course meal. All the while, feats of swordplay, falconry, horsemanship, and a jousting tournament take place in front of you.

Pro Tip: Check out their website for a discount coupon.

8. Pirates Dinner Adventure

“Action, adventure, and mutiny” is what is promised at Pirates Dinner Adventure. This family-friendly, interactive dinner show takes place on an 18th-century Spanish galleon floating in an indoor lagoon. Feast on a three-course meal while being immersed in the nautical stunts, swordplay, and aerial action taking place around you.

Pro Tip: See their website for special offers. Parents should also be ready with their cameras during the dinner adventure. Kids will have the opportunity to go on stage and be sworn in as pirates!

9. Boulevard Beach Club

Boulevard Beach Club is a newcomer to Buena Park. Fueled by dueling piano performances, it is quickly becoming one of the city’s hotspots. The club’s atmosphere harkens back to the Prohibition era and audience participation is encouraged. BBC serves hand-crafted cocktails, accompanied by small bites, and a few larger dishes.

Pro Tip: BBC is open Thursday through Saturday nights. Food and drink are extra and there is a two-drink minimum. Save a few dollars by purchasing tickets in advance.

More Great Things To Explore In Buena Park

10. Ralph B. Clark Park

Ralph B. Clark Park is a 104-acre park with plenty of green space for you and your family to enjoy. The park has fields for softball, volleyball, and baseball. Also, visitors to the park can enjoy an amphitheater, barbeque pits, fishing, biking and hiking trails, and picnic areas.

11. Concerts In The Park

The Summer Concert Series in the Park, featuring live music from local bands, gets underway at Henry Boisseranc Park on June 28 and runs for six Wednesdays through August 2. Food trucks and vendors will be on hand for your shopping and eating needs. The music begins at 7 p.m. each week.

12. Family Movies Under The Stars

Henry Boisseranc Park also hosts Family Movies Under the Stars. For four evenings this summer, free family-friendly movies will be shown in the park. Bring your own chairs and blankets. Seating is first come, first served and food trucks will be there as well. Showtime is 8:15 p.m., but you can begin arriving as early as 7 p.m.

13. The Source OC

The Source OC is a destination unto itself. Spread across three floors, the venue has numerous shopping and entertainment options. Over three dozen mouth-watering dining choices encompassing cuisines from around the world are sure to satisfy your inner foodie. Enjoy souffle pancakes from Basilur Tea & Coffee, croffles — a cross between a croissant and a waffle — from Don Melt, Korean Hot Dogs from Myungrang Hotdog, award-winning Ramen at Yoshiharu, and decadent donuts from Old Ferry Donut.

Best Restaurants In Buena Park

Dining choices in Buena Park are as plentiful as they are delicious. Here are a few options that we would recommend for you and your family.

Honeymee Ice Cream

Honeymee specializes in ice cream made with fresh, California milk. The honey they use is 100% pure. Both the milk and the honey are sourced from kosher-certified farms. The result? A simply delicious, all-natural collection of ice cream flavors.

John’s Incredible Pizza Company

John’s Incredible Pizza Company is like its own theme park. Think endless, all-you-can-eat buffet, rides, games, attractions, prizes, and themed dining rooms, all under one roof. Birthday parties for the kids are their specialty.

Pro Tip: There is an admission charge, but you can save with an annual pass. Discounts are available for active military and seniors 55 and up.

Mrs. Knott’s Chicken Dinner

Sitting right outside the entrance to Knott’s is where you’ll find legendary Mrs. Knott’s Chicken Dinner. In operation for nearly 90 years, the restaurant still serves Cordelia Knott’s famous fried chicken, biscuits, and boysenberry pies, all made according to her original recipes.

Fun Fact: Walter Knott started constructing what eventually became the park’s ghost town to entertain patrons while they waited to be served at his wife’s restaurant.

Porto’s Bakery And Cafe

The massively popular Porto’s Bakery and Cafe topped Yelp’s “Top 100 Places to Eat in the U.S.” From personal experience, whenever items from Porto’s show up at the office or a family gathering, they are quickly and heartily devoured — especially the potato balls and cheese rolls.

Portillo’s

Fans say it’s not a real trip to Chicago unless you eat at Portillo’s. Fortunately, you can taste a bit of Chicago right in Buena Park. Portillo’s is a Chicago icon “unrivaled” in their offering of Chicago-style hot dogs and Italian beef sandwiches. The menu also includes burgers, salads, sandwiches, shakes, and desserts.

Pro Tip: The famous Cake Shake is a must-try.

Ramen & Tsukemen TAO

Ramen & Tsukemen TAO serves ramen with “an intense broth that takes 40 hours to prepare.” Their fare is good enough to earn them a MICHELIN Guide Bib Gourmand nod.

Visit Buena Park includes even more fantastic options on their Dining in Buena Park webpage.

Where To Stay In Buena Park

With so much to do, a day trip is just not enough time for all that Buena Park has to offer, so don’t forget lodging when planning your next trip. You will find several comfortable and affordable lodging choices around Buena Park, many within walking distance of Knott’s Berry Farm. Many offer free breakfast to guests, while others provide a free shuttle to Disneyland and other area attractions — perks that will remove stress from your trip. Regardless of the size of your group and budget, there is a place for you.

Getting To Buena Park

Buena Park is less than 40 miles from all five major Los Angeles-area airports, including Ontario Airport. Driving is the most convenient way to get there. Rail service options include Amtrak with stops in Fullerton and Anaheim, and Metrolink with a stop in Buena Park. All three are just a short Uber/Lyft ride from your destination. Several bus lines offer service to Buena Park as well.

To help you get started on your getaway, Visit Buena Park is even offering a free travel guide service for when you arrive.

Saranac Lake and Lake Placid combine to provide fun and exciting outdoor experiences for the intrepid adventure seeker and, also, the soft outdoor adventure enthusiast. Hiking, boating, fishing, and camping are to be expected in Upstate New York. Some unexpected outdoor adventure ideas include lake tobogganing, ice climbing, Olympic skiing, an abolitionist’s farm, and a festive winter carnival.

Note: Some information in this piece was obtained during a sponsored press trip, but all recommendations are my own.

1. Hiking 

Saranac Lake, New York

The 1-mile Riverwalk that runs along the Saranac River is an easy, paved path on the edge of downtown Saranac Lake. The busy path is filled with walkers enjoying the outdoors with their friends, family, and fur babies. It is the perfect spot to stroll along the riverbank.

Scattered around downtown Saranac Lake is the Bug Crawl. Seven larger-than-life bug sculptures dot the area for your artistic enjoyment. If you are traveling with little ones, going on a bug hunt is a fun way to keep them active and engaged.

Pro Tip: According to AllTrails, there are 14 hiking trails in the Saranac Lake area. From the easy-rated 17.3-mile Upper Saranac Paddle Route to the harder 7.9-mile Jackrabbit Trail to Haystack Mountain, there are hiking trails for everyone who wants to get outside and explore the beautiful Adirondack scenery.

2. Boating

Saranac Lake, New York

With so many lakes to choose from, you can launch your boat and explore a new area every day. Whether you are on a peaceful kayaking excursion or a pontoon party boat, you will find your best boating getaway on Saranac Lake. The Franklin County Boat Launch list reveals over 20 launch sites across the county.

Pro Tip: Lower Saranac Lake and Middle Saranac Lake are accessed through a series of locks. You can explore the lakes with the complete boating and fishing map at Green Goat Maps.

3. Fishing

Saranac Lake, New York

In the Saranac Lakes region, you could haul in northern pike, walleye, perch, rainbow trout, and bass (large and small mouth). Whether you are a catch-and-release angler or a hunter-gatherer working on your next meal, the fishing in Saranac Lake is just waiting for you to explore.

Pro Tip: If you don’t have a boat or need a guide, NY Fisherman has an extensive list of Adirondack fishing guides to get you out on the water to explore all the great fishing spots for a good line tug.

4. Skiing And Snowboarding

Whiteface Mountain, New York

Home of the 1980 Olympic alpine ski events, Whiteface Mountain is the premiere skiing/boarding mountain in Lake Placid. With a peak elevation of 4,867 feet, 94 trails covering 22 miles, and 11 lift options, you will love skiing at Whiteface Mountain.

It is easy to enjoy Whiteface Mountain in the summer months too. They offer great hiking, scenic gondola rides, and a disc golf course.

Pro Tip: The Whiteface Veterans Memorial Highway is a seasonal drive offering stunning panoramic views; it is also a toll road that is closed in the off-season. If you want to see the mountain or go skiing, be sure to turn where the flashing “ski resort” signs are along the roadway. Directions to both the ski resort and scenic drive can be found here.

5. Tobogganing 

Lake Placid Toboggan Chute, New York

Just a short walk from the center of town is the Lake Placid Toboggan Chute. Winter fun for the young and young at heart, the 30-foot-tall converted ski jump turned toboggan chute is sure to give you a smile.

Climb up the slide and take a thrilling ride down the ice-covered chute. At the end, you will slide onto and across a frozen Mirror Lake. After a few runs, head over to the downtown area for a hot lunch at the breakfast club, etc. for a salted caramel latte or your favorite anti-chill beverage.

Pro Tip: To ensure all riders’ safety, the tobogganing season is dependent on the depth of ice on Mirror Lake.

6. Forest Bathing

Mount Pisgah Recreation Center, Saranac Lake

The sunlight casts a dappled pattern on the forest floor as you follow your guide. A local naturalist will help you connect with the trees, sounds, and aromas of the Adirondacks. Forest bathing insists you slow down, breathe deep, and just be — no agenda, no yoga, just you and the trees.

Pro Tip: The 2.5-hour guided tours are available seasonally, from early April until the end of November.

7. Saranac Lake Winter Carnival

Saranac Lake, New York

If you plan your Saranac Lake visit during February, you can join in all the cold weather fun at the Saranac Lake Winter Carnival. Winter games like curling, arctic golf, skiing, fun runs, fry pan tosses, and other wonderful hometown shenanigans make this a festive time all through the streets of Saranac Lake. Live music, parades, and fireworks abound for the more passive carnival attendee.

8. Ice Climbing

Lake Placid, New York

Not for the inexperienced or faint of heart, ice climbing is a popular winter and early spring sport in the Adirondacks. Ice walls with names like Pitchoff, Cascade Pass, and Multiplication Gully throw a chilly challenge to even the most dedicated ice climber.

Pro Tip: Secure the services of a highly recommended, local, and experienced ice climbing guide for this off-the-charts outdoor adventure.

9. John Brown Farm

Lake Placid, New York

The abolitionist who organized the 1859 assault on the U.S. Arsenal at Harpers Ferry, John Brown, is laid to rest on his family farm in his beloved Adirondack Mountains. Docent-guided tours of Brown’s home and farm bring the family and their freedom-fighting to life.

The John Brown Farm State Historic Site has several hiking trails, cross-country skiing, and periodic re-enactments. The farm’s gentle slopes and pretty pond are lovely spots for a picnic or some quiet meditation.

10. Olympic Jumping Complex

Lake Placid, New York

Now, you can’t ski jump at the Olympic Jumping Complex unless you are in a competition, but you can watch experienced skiers take the death-defying run down the 128-meter and 100-meter ski jumps. You can get a feel for the rush down the run by trying out the zip line located next to the 100-meter jump; no skis are required.

For something a little less hair-raising, book a trip on the Skyride, a newly installed gondola that runs alongside the jumps. The gondola takes you to the base of the jumping towers, then you board a glass elevator that takes you to the sky deck of the 128-meter jumping platform. Be sure to bring your camera; the breathtaking panoramic view of Lake Placid and the surrounding mountains is spectacular.

11. Camping

Saranac Lakes Island Campground, Saranac Lake

Saranac Lakes Island Campground is a perfect spot for campers who want boating access to the lakes. Sporting 87 campsites and 5-day sites along with a boat launch area, you will love being in the middle of #LakeLife. Boating, fishing, and camping are true Saranac Lake showstopping outdoor experiences. All you need to round out the day is some dry firewood and a s’mores kit.

Pro Tip: Saranac Lakes Island Campground is open from mid-May through mid-September.

Saranac Waterfront Lodge 

Saranac Lake, New York

When you are physically spent from all your fantastic outdoor adventures, return to your cozy space at the Saranac Waterfront Lodge. You will love relaxing on an iconic Adirondack chair with a view of Flower Lake from the back lawn. It is a lovely spot to enjoy the pretty Saranac Lake sunset. If you want to be close by for dinner, the porch at the adjoining Boathouse Saranac Lake Pub is the perfect spot for a delicious meal with a view.

Pro Tip: The Saranac Waterfront Lodge is located away from the bustle of downtown Saranac Lake, but it is close enough to walk to town and enjoy the town center.

Visiting Saranac Lake

The Adirondack Mountains are a wonderful spot to enjoy fun and exciting outdoor adventures during the winter and summer months. Saranac Lake is a central hub for your Upstate New York getaway. With stunning views, on-the-water sports, a rich history of Olympic events, mountain hiking, and on-the-snow experiences, Saranac Lake will entice you to embrace the outdoors while experiencing some exciting adventures.

Related Reading:

• 17 Must-Visit Quaint Towns In Upstate New York
• 12 Famous Foods To Try On New York’s Upstate Eats Trail
• 16 Upstate New York Spots To Enjoy A Unique Sip

Olympic National Park is situated on the Olympic Peninsula in Washington State. It is not only a national park but also a UNESCO World Heritage Site. It was selected not only for its natural beauty but also for one of the world’s largest strands of old-growth temperate rainforest. 

The park is an incredibly diverse ecosystem where visitors can enjoy alpine meadows and lakes surrounded by towering mountains. A portion of the park is rocky coastline, one of the longest undeveloped coasts in the United States, with pounding surf and stunning sunsets. With 11 major river systems, there are plenty of opportunities to view gushing waterfalls and seasonal salmon runs.

The park is very large and it is a 350-mile drive around the Olympic Peninsula. One of the best ways to experience all the park has to offer is to bed down at one of the lodges available within the park. There are four lodging options in the Olympic National Park.

Pro Tip: Weather is constantly changing within the park and even in the summer months it can get chilly. The rocky coastline is littered with large logs that can ebb and flow with the tides making it dangerous to swim. Plan your gear with waterproof, not water-resistant boots and jackets. This is one of the rainiest areas in the United States with almost 120 inches of rain a year.

Some of the information in this article was obtained during a press trip. All opinions are my own.

Kalaloch Lodge

The Kalaloch Lodge is my favorite of all the lodges in the park. The property is just gorgeous sitting atop a bluff overlooking the Pacific Ocean. On site is a lodge and restaurant with motel-type accommodations and two rows of cabins. I stayed in a Kalaloch Cabin, which is in the second row behind the Bluff Cabins, but I still had a nice view of the Pacific Ocean. The accommodations are rustic but comfortable. The main lodge offers a full-service restaurant and bar as well as a gift shop. On the property is the Kalaloch Mercantile which has a coffee shop and all the supplies you need for staying in a cabin or camping. There is a good selection of ready-to-eat food, groceries, and snacks which is nice if you want to pack a picnic.

West Coast Sunsets At Kalaloch Lodge

I find the sunsets at the Kalaloch Lodge some of the prettiest in the Pacific Northwest and the main reason I love staying here. Plop down in an Adirondack chair near the main lodge or dine al fresco on the deck for a relaxing way to enjoy nature’s nightly painting. The beach is accessible via a step staircase and at the bottom are logs you must scramble over. An evening stroll along the windswept beach is especially memorable at golden hour.

Tree Of Life

The Tree of Life is located near the Kalaloch Campground just north of the lodge. It is also known as the “Tree Root Cave.” This spunky spruce tree somehow managed to survive when erosion bared its roots leaving it suspended between two cliffs. The tree remains living with lush, green foliage while suspended in the air. It is magical, especially now with a small waterfall trickling behind it.

Lake Crescent Lodge

The Lake Crescent Lodge is on the southern shore of the lake nestled in a Douglas fir and hemlock forest. Built in 1915, this historic hotel overlooks the lake with a dramatic lobby and soaring stone fireplace. There is a variety of accommodations including cabins, cottages, and hotel rooms from contemporary to historic. The lakefront dining room offers Pacific Northwest cuisine and wine. Reservations are suggested. The Sun Porch is a cozy room with comfy furniture perfect for enjoying a good book. It is also a favorite spot for guests to enjoy sunsets over the lake.

Lake Crescent

The lake is so pristine and the property has a lovely beach. Step out on the dock and you can see the bottom of the lake; the water is so clear. Enjoying water activities is one of my favorite things about a stay here. Visitors can book a guided scenic kayak trip or a boat tour to explore the lake. If you prefer a self-paced activity, rent a canoe, kayak, or paddleboard. There are plenty of opportunities to fish, but you will need to bring your own equipment. Water remains cold year-round, and although it gets warmer in the summer, it is a chilly dip if you choose to swim. Be aware of hyperthermia risks especially in early summer during the snowmelt.

Trails Near Lake Crescent Lodge

There are two easy hikes right near the lodge that offer lots to see for such short walks. The Moments in Time hiking trail is a self-guided adventure through an old-growth forest. It is only a 0.5-mile nature trail and is accessible with assistance. Enjoy breathtaking views of the lake and Pyramid Mountain with wildflowers abounding in the meadows. The Marymere Falls Hiking Trail is fairly flat for a waterfall trail and is just 0.75 miles one way. Stroll through the old-growth forest until you reach falls that drop into a small plunge pool. 

For the ultimate strenuous hike, head to the Mount Storm King Trail which is 3.8 miles round-trip with an elevation gain of 1,780 feet. It starts in an old-growth forest before climbing above Lake Crescent and the Barns Creek Valley. The best viewpoint is at 2,000 feet. For the super fit hikers, you can add a scramble up to the top of the ridgeline.

Sol Duc Hot Spring Resort

The Sol Duc Valley is a beautiful area of Olympic National Park and the best way to enjoy it is by staying at the Sol Duc Hot Springs Resort in a charming cabin near the Sol Duc River. Cabins are available with or without a kitchen. The main lodge holds the Springs Restaurant which serves meals with locally sourced ingredients. There is also a gift shop with souvenir options, and it has a mini market with snacks, soft drinks, beer, and wine. The resort is quiet in the evenings after the Hot Springs close. It is a beautiful property surrounded by towering evergreens and the sounds of rushing water from the Sol Duc River.

Sol Duc Hot Springs

The springs are the main reason people come to stay here. The property offers three mineral hot spring soaking pools at various temperatures and a freshwater pool that is not heated. During my visit, the water was close to 50 degrees Fahrenheit, which was a little too chilly for most people. Fresh mountain spring water seeps into cracks in the sedimentary rocks where it is infused with minerals and heated by gasses from volcanic rocks. Soaring mountains surround the pools making for great views while you soak.

Pro Tip: You don’t have to stay at the resort to access the hot springs. Day passes and locker rooms are available.

The Sol Duc Valley

I frequently visit the Olympic National Park and I feel the drive into the Sol Duc Valley is one of the highlights of the park. The drive is just stunning as you drive further into the valley. The canopy of the old-growth forest makes it feel as if you are in a tunnel. Before you arrive at the resort, stop at the Salmon Cascades. It is just a short walk to the viewing platform. This is a great spot to see the Sol Duc River as it narrows into a small gorge. If you visit in late summer to early fall, visitors are enthralled by salmon leaping up the river as they return to spawn.

Further up the valley is the Sol Duc Falls. Plan to hike to it from the resort on the Lover’s Lane Loop which is 6 miles round-trip. Head through the lush forest following the Sol Duc River where you will cross at the falls. It’s well worth the effort.

Log Cabin Resort

The Log Cabin Resort sits on the northern shore of Lake Crescent. Accommodations are rustic with minimal amenities. On site is a small store and a restaurant that has a minimal menu of mostly sandwiches and burgers. “Resort” is not a good description for this lodging; I would describe it more as “camping inside.” So why stay here? Because of the stunning natural beauty of this location and the views for miles. It is much quieter on this side of the lake with minimal traffic.

Pro Tip: Double check the type of accommodation you booked and the amenities it includes. Recent reviews show that the lofts are no longer accessible in the chalets but photos on the website still show the staircase. Some of the cabins are newer than others. Also be aware that because the resort is in a national park, no pesticides are used to control bugs and large ants can be an issue at certain times of the year.

Hiking And Biking Near Lake Crescent

Not far from the resort, you can access the Spruce Railroad Trail, which is 4 miles one way on an old railroad bed and a nice bike ride. The trail hugs the north shore of Lake Crescent and is a lovely way to experience the peacefulness and beauty of the area. For those looking for a longer ride, the Olympic Discovery Trail runs from Port Townsend to the Pacific Ocean. Bikes are available to rent on site.

For an exhilarating challenge, take the Pyramid Peak to an old World War II spotting tower. It is 3.5 miles one way with an elevation change of 2,600 feet, so this is for experienced hikers. You will also cross a landslide or washout area with loose rock. All this effort is worth it when the trail leaves the forest and begins switchbacks up to the ridgeline and the lookout site. Hikers will be rewarded with views of Lake Crescent, the Strait of Juan de Fuca, and Mount Storm King. For a less challenging hike, head to the Devil’s Punch Bowl which is a shorter, less-elevated hike to a popular swimming spot.

Scenic Boat Tour Of Lake Crescent

One of the highlights of a stay at the Log Cabin Resort is taking a Scenic Boat Tour of Lake Crescent. Book at the front desk then meet at the resort dock. The cruise is 1.5 hours long. The licensed boat captain serves as your guide and will share tales of native lore and the history of the area as well as its geography. When you are on the water in a boat, the surrounding foothills and mountains loom above you. They seem to flow down almost to the water’s edge. The lake is relatively undeveloped and visibility is good in the crystal clear water, especially on a sunny, calm day. The resort also offers kayaks and stand-up paddleboards for rent.

Pro Tip: The Lake Quinault Lodge is another option situated in the rainforest of the Olympic National Forest and adjacent to Olympic National Park. Technically not a national park lodge, it certainly has the feel of one as it was modeled after the Old Faithful Inn at Yellowstone National Park. Hike the rainforest, take a Quinault Rainforest tour, or enjoy the beautiful lake.

Related Reading:

• 6 Tips For Whale Watching On Scenic San Juan Island
• 8 Reasons Winter Is The Perfect Time To Visit Gorgeous Orcas Island, Washington
• 6 Charming Small Towns Not To Miss In Southwest Washington State

Mother’s Day is just around the corner! Show appreciation for the woman who brought you (or someone you love) into this world with a bouquet of beautiful blooms. When it comes to ordering flowers, there’s no better place to turn than 1-800-Flowers — here’s why! 

1. A Brand You Can Trust

For nearly half a century, 1-800-Flowers has been the go-to and trusted source for providing an excellent Mother’s Day experience. Flowers are picked fresh on their premier farms around the world, cared for every step of the way, and finally shipped fresh to ensure lasting beauty and enjoyment.

2. A Plethora Of Options

If you’re not sure what to send, 1-800-Flowers has a wide variety of options to choose from. You can buy flowers and gifts like roses, orchids, gift baskets, bonsai trees, flowering plants, and more. Those who haven’t shopped 1800Flowers in a while may not realize that it isn’t just beautiful bouquets and flower arrangements. Shop sweet treats such as cookies and baked goods as well as chocolates, and choose from fruit baskets, coffee gift baskets, and even wine! Garden gifts are available for moms who have a green thumb. There are even spa gift baskets, candles, and jewelry to choose from, so you can really pamper that special woman in your life! Browse these Mother’s Day gift ideas to find the perfect present.

3. Live Shopping

Moms know best, which is why 1-800-Flowers looks to them to share a curated collection of the top gifts for mom’s special day. Mother’s Day Live Shopping lets you shop along with real moms as they share their story on video. For example, boy-mom Megan Pinckney Rutherford shared how she uses 1-800-Flowers to outsource pretty blooms for Mother’s Day brunch, or any other occasion to celebrate mom. Live shopping highlights products, like the Simply Chocolate® Mother’s Day Breakable Chocolate Heart, and makes them easy to shop for with just a click.

4. Free Shipping

In addition to their vast selection of flowers and gifts, 1-800-Flowers also offers free shipping when you join their Celebrations Passport Loyalty Program. This annual membership to the 1-800-Flowers family of brands could be a wise investment for those who enjoy the ease of online shopping.

5. Same-Day Delivery Available

One of the best things about 1-800-Flowers is their same-day delivery option. That means you can order your flowers as late as May 14 and still have them arrive in time for Mother’s Day. This is especially helpful for those of us who tend to procrastinate or have a busy schedule. 

6. Tulip And Rose Authority

1-800-Flowers takes the crown as the tulip and rose authority, offering a four-point approval system that exceeds industry standards. Every rose delivered is rigorously inspected at each stage of its journey from the farm to the door, ensuring that your mom receives the highest quality of blooms possible. 

7. Great Customer Service

Not only does 1-800-Flowers offer quick flower delivery, but they also pride themselves on great customer service. Their customer service team is standing by to help you with any gift or flower order. Let them help you find and deliver the perfect flowers, plants, or gifts for the mom in your life so you can focus on celebrating meaningful moments.

8. International Delivery

Need to send flowers internationally? 1-800-Flowers has got you covered. They deliver flowers across the U.S. and around the world. Because of their partnerships with local florists and flower growers, they are able to ensure that bouquets are delivered fresh from the field and on time. Their flower arrangements are artfully created and delivered perfectly arranged by professional florists.

9. Satisfaction Guaranteed

With 1-800-Flowers, you can rest assured that you’re getting fresh flowers guaranteed by trusted florists. Since 1976, their passion has been to help you connect and express yourself to the important people in your life by providing the finest selection of beautiful flowers and arrangements available for same-day or next-day delivery. The quality of everything, from flower arrangements, gift baskets, and gourmet foods to personalized presents and photo gifts, is supported by their 100-percent Satisfaction Guarantee.

10. Support Amazing Moms

This Mother’s Day, 1-800-Flowers is supporting amazing moms, from authors and florists to makers and bakers. Learn more about these extraordinary mothers and explore their top picks for Mother’s Day gifts. You can even nominate an amazing mom in your community!

11. They Can Even Write Your Card!

1-800-Flowers is no stranger to helping folks express their love, which is why they’ll even help you craft the perfect Mother’s Day message to put in her card! MomVerse uses AI technology to create personalized poetry, inspired by you. Simply select what type of verse you prefer (poem, limerick, haiku, rhyme, or song), select the recipient (grandma, mom, etc.), enter a few things she likes, and voila — a short message that is sure to bring a smile to her face.

Make this a Mother’s Day to remember with one of these best-selling gifts from 1-800-Flowers!

From adventure to relaxation, Fountain Hills is an exciting destination. It has scenic vistas, flourishing desert landscapes, countless outdoor recreation activities, and rich arts and culture.

The “fountain” from which Fountain Hills gets its name is one of the world’s tallest artificial fountains. The fountain sprays water from the center of Fountain Lake every hour for about 15 minutes and reaches 560 feet, which is 5 feet taller than the Notre Dame Cathedral in Paris, France.

No matter how often I visit, I make it a point to watch the fountain spray, whether I’m strolling on the street or sitting at a prime table in a restaurant.

Dining Options

Fountain Hills has over 60 dining options. Restaurants in Fountain Hills include popular cuisines like Asian, Mexican, Italian, and American. With plenty of bars, cafés, and coffee shops to catch up with friends for a quick bite or a recharging drink, you will find something to satisfy your appetite.

While I haven’t tried them all, the following are my favorite Fountain Hills restaurants from personal visits. They range from casual to upscale, and while they are numbered, there is no particular order.

Arrivederci Cucina Italiana and Adero Scottsdale Resort hosted me, but all opinions are my own.

1. Alexander’s Greek Kitchen

I felt like I had stepped onto a Greek Island when I walked in the door of Alexander’s Greek Kitchen. Greek music set the mood, as did the blue and white checkered tablecloths with white paper table protectors. Outdoor seating on the front deck provided an unobstructed view of the Fountain Lake and a ringside seat to see the fountain launch on the hour.

What To Order At Alexander’s

Alexander’s offers a traditional menu with hot and cold appetizers, salads and soups, and sides of Greek-style potatoes or green beans. Their skewers, house-made daily with pork, chicken, or lamb, can be ordered with pita, on a plate with a side, or vegetarian.

I had a black-eyed pea soup that was homemade that afternoon. Freshly toasted pita bread and a lemon wedge to squeeze over the soup were perfect for my appetite. I felt like I was in Mamma’s kitchen.

Select from various California, French, and Spanish wines at the bar. Many red, white, and rosé wines and champagnes hail from Greece, along with Greek beer on draft and bottled.

2. All American Sports Grill

I wanted to eat at All American Sports Grill because they have the best seat for the fountain viewing in the neighborhood. I wanted an adult beverage to go along with a nice fresh salad. I wanted to relax and enjoy the heat of the summer in the shade. I got everything I asked for, including the blueberry cucumber salad.

All American Amenities 

All American Sports Grill isn’t just a regular sports bar; it offers a covered patio with a clear view of the fountain, an energetic happy hour, live music, various craft and domestic beers, a full bar with handcrafted cocktails, over 50 HDTVs throughout the restaurant, and access to every available sports package. These features make it an ideal spot for sports fans to gather in a welcoming neighborhood environment.

3. Arrivederci Cucina Italiana

Italian cuisine is my favorite, and I appreciate good Italian food. When I stopped by Arrivederci Cucina Italiana and entered the lobby, I was immediately impressed with the dining room, the ultra-premium wine racks, and the sophisticated atmosphere. The view from the large windows of Fountain Lake was appealing. Strolling paths with public art surround the lake and make a great place to build up an appetite or walk off the calories after a delicious meal at Arrivederci.

What To Order At Arrivederci

Angelo made sure I had large portions of their signature dishes. When I requested their signature dish, I received pappardelle bolognese, lasagna, bread and pesto, and Choccamisu. It was enough for two people.

My authentic experience at Arrivederci matched the hospitality.

4. Cielo Restaurant 

Cielo Restaurant is located at the Adero Scottsdale Resort, technically in Scottsdale. However, the restaurant features prominently in the Fountain Hills Official Visitor’s Guide and must be included here. I’ve visited several times and it never disappointed.

Clinging to the side of McDowell Mountain, Adero Scottsdale Resort commands outstanding views of the Sonoran Desert, Four Peaks Mountain, Mount McDowell, and the fountain in Fountain Hills. The panorama windows from Cielo Restaurant and the sprawling outdoor terrace make the perfect setting for a cocktail, snack, or dinner.

Every meal at Cielo is artfully prepared, colorful, and appealing. The service is outstanding, and the servers are attentive and accommodating.

Adero Scottsdale Resort 

The best time of year to visit Adero Scottsdale Resort is spring and fall when the temps are pleasant and you can sit outside on the terrace. However, I was there in the summer once, and they have refreshing misters to counteract the triple-digit temperature. In winter, globes arranged on the grounds include champagne and music to create a unique outdoor experience overlooking the valley.

5. Crowning Glory

We think tea is a “girlie” thing, and primarily women participate, relishing this overabundance of carbs. However, I can’t imagine why anyone wouldn’t enjoy the flavors and textures of a world-class high tea at Crowning Glory Tearoom.

My friend and I were fortunate to be served by the owner, Sherry Boas. Sherry’s passion is unmatched in any other tea ritual I’ve seen. With religious overtones (it’s the only Catholic tearoom in the world), you don’t have to be a believer to enjoy the names and understand the history of every dish lovingly described to our eager ears. The décor reflects the lives of the saints and where they came from.

Crowning Glory Tea Services 

The heavenly tea service at Crowning Glory consists of three courses and endless tea. The first course includes a small salad with poppyseed dressing and tiny finger sandwiches like cucumber pimento cream cheese on white bread. The second course is two scones with Devonshire cream and cherry jam. The third course is cake (with gold frosting), tarts, and French cream with sugared grapes.

Crowning Glory offers a wide selection of black, green, oolong, and white teas. Several all-natural fruits, flowers, and caffeine-free teas are also available.

Pro Tip: Crowning Glory is only open on Saturdays for high tea dining and you must reserve 48 hours in advance. It’s worth the wait for the Saturday experience.

6. Desert Canyon Golf Club

Perched high in the hills of Fountain Hills and with an unlimited view of the mountains, Desert Canyon Golf Club was the first golf course in Fountain Hills. You don’t have to make a tee time or be a golfer to enjoy the food offerings.

What To Order At Desert Canyon 

Boasting the best street tacos in Fountain Hills, the chef takes pride in uniquely presenting basic food. I couldn’t resist and was glad I tried the tacos. They were fresh, crunchy, and served on little taco racks. The chef sliced the avocado into flawless, creamy, green, and healthy fats.

7. Georgie’s

Georgie’s is the quintessential coffee shop where locals and visitors are warmly welcomed. Giant scrabble letters decorate the wall, spelling “Georgie’s, good, food, breakfast, lunch.” Coffee mugs sport bumblebees with the phrase “bee kind.”

What To Order At Georgie’s 

Because I was there for breakfast, I was delighted with the extensive offering of skillets, sandwiches, griddles, and omelets. I chose the banana and Nutella pancakes. How can you miss when you go with chocolate, fruit, and pancakes?

8. Oka Sushi

Oka Sushi is a casual yet upscale Japanese restaurant. With a gorgeous pink flowering tree in the middle of the restaurant, one can imagine being in Japan during the spring cherry blossom festival.

What To Order At Oka 

In addition to the classic rolls, sashimi, and nigiri, Oka Sushi offers crafted rolls with an assortment of specialty sauces, including eel, soy mustard, spicy mayo, and yuzu vinaigrette.

I loved the simplicity of the poke bowl with crisp wontons and hot sake during Happy Hour. It’s perfect for a light lunch or a late afternoon snack.

9. Wicked 6 Bar And Grill

Shady canyons, rugged ridges, and impeccable green grass is the landscape enjoyed while dining in Wicked 6 Bar and Grill at Sunridge Canyon Golf Club. This Southwest restaurant offers a variety of delicious options, such as build-your-own gourmet burgers, steaks, wraps, sandwiches, and artisan pizzas. Whether you dine inside with a view or outside at the firepit, you’ll have a great experience.

What To Order At Wicked 6 

When I was there, I couldn’t resist the Hawaiian breakfast. It’s not just for breakfast, however. The Hawaiian breakfast is featured and is back by popular demand. This delectable dish is house-braised kalua pork with steamed jasmine rice and cabbage. Eggs any way you like them — I requested poached eggs — and the sweet soy glaze make this a savory meal in a bowl.

Where Is Fountain Hills

An official Dark Sky Community, Fountain Hills is in the East Valley of Metropolitan Phoenix. It is 30 minutes from Phoenix Sky Harbor International Airport, and Scottsdale Airport, and only a 40-minute drive from downtown Phoenix.

For more to see and do in Arizona, check out these articles: 

• 9 Fantastic Experiences In Sunny Phoenix, Arizona
• My 5 Favorite Springtime Experiences In The Arizona Desert
• 5 Fabulous New Arizona Hotels To Book Now

We visited Schwartz’s Deli several years ago during a family trip to Montreal. We thought it was hilarious that the Schwartzs could eat at Schwartz’s Deli. Little did we know just how much of a treat it would be.

The legendary Schwartz’s Deli has served its smoked-meat “sammies” to celebrities, locals, and tourists alike. The name “Schwartz’s Deli” is synonymous with overstuffed sandwiches and an old-timey atmosphere. Patrons start to salivate before they even look at the menu!

Here are five reasons you have to try Schwartz’s if you visit Montreal.

1. Legendary Smoked Meat

Schwartz’s Deli is something of a legend in Montreal. Founded by Reuben Schwartz, a Jewish immigrant from Romania, the deli is still in its original location, and the original recipe remains unchanged.

Today, the deli is an integral part of the Plateau framework. Local storefronts and boutiques populate the trendy neighborhood. Schwartz’s trademark experience includes simple ordering and a communal eating style. It was a novel experience for our American family to sit with people from all over the world. We marveled at the camaraderie and thoroughly enjoyed the food and the experience.

Schwartz’s prepares its preservative-free smoked meat the old-fashioned way. They prepare it on location, using a secret blend of locally produced herbs and spices. Then, it’s marinated for 10 days, smoked overnight, steamed all day, and sliced by hand just before it’s needed.

2. Mythical Founders And Famous Owners

There are several unbelievable stories about the origins of the restaurant. If you talk to three different people, you’ll likely get three different ideas of who founded the deli. One version is that a Russian composer founded it and tacked on the Jewish-sounding name “Schwartz’s” to make it seem more legitimate. Another myth is that two widows founded it. A third version claimed that the outcome of a poker game determined its ownership.

Schwartz’s Deli made the news in 2012 when world-famous singer Celine Dion became part-owner. She and her now-late husband, René Angélil, were part of a group of investors who bought the beloved shop for $10 million. Celine Dion and smoked meats? It’s not so far-fetched. In the early ‘90s, Dion was one of the founders of Quebec’s largest smoked meat outfit, Nickels Delicatessen.

3. Inspirational Books, A Documentary, And A Musical

As word has spread about its excellent smoked meat, Schwartz’s Deli has become internationally famous. The iconic establishment inspired a book, a documentary, and a musical. Anthony Bourdain featured it in his show, The Layover. In addition, Bill Brownstein, Canadian author and newspaper columnist, wrote an article for the Montreal Gazette in which he described Schwartz’s dilemma about the possibility of franchising (they ultimately decided not to franchise). Brownstein turned the piece into a book on Schwartz’s history. Then, he worked with Bowser and Blue, famous for their musical comedies, to write Schwartz’s: The Musical. There are 18 songs, including a gospel number that opens the show.

4. Famous Visitors

While enjoying a Schwartz’s smoked meat sandwich, you never know who you will meet. So many famous people have visited that the staff has to rotate the photos and newspaper clippings that decorate the walls. Well-known visitors include actor Ryan Gosling, comedian Chris Rock, late Canadian Prime Minister Pierre Trudeau, late performer Jerry Lewis, actor Angelina Jolie, and the Rolling Stones.

The buzz about Schwartz’s Deli is not just hype. This deli is genuinely the “holy grail” of smoked meats. When you go, be prepared to stand in line. And, if you are a Schwartz, get one of their t-shirts like we did; we cherish ours!

5. The Neighborhood 

The Plateau, with its “boho-chic” charm and proximity to McGill University, has attracted young professionals, artists, and students. They come for the neighborhood’s upscale galleries, restaurants, nightclubs, and boutique clothing stores.

In the decades after Schwartz’s was founded, Greek Canadians set up many businesses in the Plateau. Vietnamese and Portuguese settlers led later waves of immigration. Now, you can visit Little Portugal to enjoy its specialty shops and eateries.

If you find yourself in Montreal’s Plateau area, stop by Schwartz’s Deli. You’ll know you’ve arrived by the mouth-watering aroma — and the line out the door and down the block.

Read these TravelAwaits articles to learn more about Montreal: 

• How To Do Montreal On A Budget
• Biospheres & Basilicas: 5 Things To Do In Montreal
• 10 Fantastic Things Not To Miss In Montreal, Canada

Parisian cafes and I have a long history to look back on. I have visited the city at least once a year since I was knee-high and later moved there for 6 years. But the first cafe I visited once I actually started drinking coffee and sitting on a cafe terrace watching people walk by was Les Deux Magots. It started me off on a rollercoaster of cafe visits, the variety of which you can only really enjoy in Paris.

While there are hundreds, if not thousands, of cafes in all shapes and sizes in Paris, there are a few that are so famous that they have become sights in their own right. Here, I mention some that mean a lot to me personally, for so many reasons, and others that are iconic, historic, or just gorgeous. And, yes, some overlap with this TravelAwaits article about cafes to experience in Paris, but doesn’t that just mean that these truly are icons of the Parisian cafe culture? Be sure not to miss these seven iconic Parisian cafes.

1. Les Deux Magots

I was visiting with my mother— years, no, decades ago. I was in my existentialist phase, wearing black turtleneck sweaters, smoking Gauloises, and drinking Ricard. Even though I hated both, I had an image to keep. My long-suffering mom took me to Les Deux Magots, the very cafe where Simone de Beauvoir and Jean-Paul Sartre had sat and debated the meaning of life years before. I was in heaven. When I later lived in Paris, I often went back and just wished my mom could have been there with me.

What To Order: The food is typically Parisian, with croque monsieurs, oysters, and other staples. Personally, I suggest ordering the charcuterie and cheese board with your aperitif. It’s pricey but large enough to count as dinner.

Pro Tip: On weekends, there is a queuing system for the terrace, so either come early and wait outside, or sit inside on the iconic red banquettes with the locals.

2. La Closerie Des Lilas

This is another cafe where de Beauvoir and Sartre sat and philosophized, and where Hemingway propped up the bar. La Closerie des Lilas, meaning “small lilac garden,” is another one of those cafes where, over the years, everybody who was anybody sat and met up. From Picasso to Zola and Baudelaire to Beckett, this was simply the place to be. While the terrace is lovely, and there is a fancy but very overpriced restaurant, I love sitting in the bar to the left of the entrance, where little name plates adorn the tables spelling out some of the famous patrons.

What To Order: This is expensive, so I just tend to have a coffee or an Aperol spritz. But, for something yummy and not too pricey, try the truffle and cheese ravioli.

Pro Tip: You are steps away from the Jardin du Luxembourg, one of the most beautiful gardens in Paris. Bring a book and sit by the fountain for a while.

3. La Palette

What do Picasso and Anthony Bourdain have in common with me? La Palette. On a corner of Rue de Seine, studded with art galleries leading from the bustling Saint Germain de Pres to — you’ve guessed it — the Seine, La Palette is a traditional cafe that has little changed since Picasso’s time. So much so that it has been listed as a historic monument. Inside, there is a small bar, but it is the backroom that is the interesting one. Here, you sit among paintings and tiled art in a veritable time warp. The terrace is great too, especially as you see the artsy people of the neighborhood saunter by, baguette under their arm. But for true atmosphere, sit inside.

What To Order: Paris is the best place for lunchtime omelets. Order the one with jambon de Paris and you cannot go wrong.

Pro Tip: At the end of the Rue de Seine lies the tiny Square Gabriel Pierné garden, which is filled with cherry blossoms in spring and hides a gorgeous statue of a little girl by Marcello Tommasi.

4. La Procope

The oldest cafe in Paris, it was here that Danton, Marat, and Robespierre concocted devious plans during the French Revolution, reminding me of school days, and later, even Napoleon Bonaparte ate here. Hidden away in the quaint and uncomfortably cobbled Rue de l’Ancienne Comédie, leading from Odeon through an archway, La Procope is as historic as it is iconic. Inside, a lovely staircase leads upstairs, and not one wall is straight, nor is the floor, but considering it first opened in 1686, that is only fair.

What To Order: Never mind coffee; book yourself in for dinner and go traditional: escargots for your starter, coq au vin for the main, and the not-to-be-missed flambeed crepe for dessert.

Pro Tip: A couple of buildings down is Grimart, a lovely art supply and stationery shop. They sell gorgeous notebooks.

5. Café De Flore

I know, I know: Café de Flore pops up in every single article about Parisian cafes. But it does so for good reason. It is where you meet friends when you live in Paris. It is where you sit during fashion week and watch all the Birds of Paradise stroll by. It is where you go for breakfast, or indeed, as I often did, to write for an hour or so. On the weekends, like at Les Deux Magots, there is a queue for the terrace. But during the week, you’re fine, and inside is always a chic option, even if it deprives you of people-watching. Instead, you’ll sit next to the locals that come every morning to read the paper.

What To Order: Breakfast! Depending on your appetite, have a flaky croissant, or try the tartine — simply half a baguette cut in two with butter and jam or honey. Inside, you can buy the cutest souvenirs, from plates to tea towels.

Pro Tip: Just when you think the age of magazines is over, head to the kiosk outside — especially during fashion week — and get your hands on one of the many thick, glossy fashion bibles. It’s great fun to flip through while you sit on the terrace and oh-so-French.

6. La Rotonde

Picasso painted it, Hemingway wrote about it in The Sun Also Rises, and Cocteau and Modigliani frequented it. Just up from the Closerie des Lilas, La Rotonde on Boulevard Montparnasse is one of those cafes where, in its heyday, everybody seemed to be somebody, and it must have been buzzing with creativity. And, like many others, the terrace is great for people-watching. But if you don’t see the inside, you are missing out.

What To Order: If you love seafood, this is the place to indulge. Order one of the iconic three-tiered seafood platters, packed full of crustaceans. Or, if that is a little daunting, definitely try the grilled turbot filet; one of my favorites.

Pro Tip: Just opposite the cafe, you have the famous La Coupole restaurant. In my mind, it used to be one of the best, but in recent years has lost a lot of its appeal, with the food just not being that good anymore. But do pop in for a glass of champagne and soak up the décor. The murals on the dome are a sight to see, as is the fine Art Deco décor.

7. Le Nemours

Another iconic cafe that most people mention, but again, Le Nemour is just so stylish and photogenic that even Angelina Jolie sat here in the film The Tourist. Right by the entrance to the Palais-Royal, the terrace is achingly beautiful and therefore deserves another mention.

What To Order: Have a coffee and a croissant, stay on the terrace, but pop to the toilet to marvel at the lovely monochrome floor tiles inside.

Pro Tip: Right next door is a little shop that sells figurines. Featuring figurines such as tin soldiers, TinTin, and all sorts of comic heroes, I can look at the window displays for hours.

The natural, rugged beauty of the Mendocino Coast in northern California is a spectacular setting to relax and recharge from our busy lives. The Stanford Inn by the Sea is the perfect place to rejuvenate. They have an ocean view, an award-winning restaurant, cooking classes, massages, yoga classes, outdoor activities, and comfortable and luxurious accommodations surrounded by redwood forest ridges overlooking Mendocino Bay.

Jeff and Joan Stanford, the owners, extend exceptional care to their guests, the land, and the animals. They created an award-winning eco-resort and Wellness Center, based on sustainability and compassion, designed to provide guests with maximum comfort and relaxation.

Stanford Inn by the Sea hosted my husband and me. However, all opinions are my own.

How To Get To Stanford Inn

The Stanford Inn is an hour and a half from the nearest major highway. Flying and driving are the best options to reach Mendocino, California.

The closest airport, Charles M. Schulz-Sonoma County Airport in Santa Rosa, is 2 hours away. San Francisco International Airport is 3.5 hours away. You can rent a vehicle at either airport.

Driving from San Francisco in the south or Leggett in the north, take picturesque Highway 1 along the coast.

Pro Tip: Allow plenty of time for stops along the way and slow traffic.

Exit at Highway 128 near Cloverdale or Highway 20 in Willits, and head towards the coast. Both roads have many curves and are best traveled during the day. You can also take Highway 101 inland from the coast more quickly.

Fort Bragg is about 11 miles north of Stanford Inn, located at Comptche Ukiah Road, and is the home of Glass Beach, the historic Skunk Train, and many other fun things to do.

When To Visit Mendocino 

The coastal Mediterranean climate is mild; spring and fall are the most popular times to visit Mendocino.

On our fall visit to Stanford Inn, we experienced fog the first evening and a stunning sunset the following evening. That awe-inspiring sunset lasted more than an hour.

Amenities At Stanford Inn

All guest rooms, suites, and cottages include these amenities:

• Chef-prepared breakfast
• Cellular service
• High-speed wireless internet
• Free Wi-Fi
• Satellite HDTV
• Private Deck
• Cozy robes
• Small refrigerators and microwaves
• Coffee maker with organic coffee
• Signature eco-friendly bath products and hair dryers
• Free mountain bike rentals

Our room overlooked the gardens and the Pacific Ocean. All rooms are paneled in redwood and pine, with wood-burning fireplaces ready to light with the touch of a match.

The Ravens Restaurant

The Ravens opened in 1997 as a vegetarian restaurant consistent with Jeff and Joan’s lifestyle. It became a vegan restaurant when they became vegan and is different from most vegan restaurants in the U.S. The Stanfords choose to serve a whole-food, plant-based diet by avoiding soy protein isolates and adding tofu that is flavored to replace meat. More than most restaurants, it’s about nourishing and enhancing our sense of living.

I was eager to try everything when I learned that The Ravens Restaurant serves entirely plant-based meals and vegan food, emphasizing locally-sourced organic ingredients. My husband and I feasted on the vegan cuisine that was as beautiful as it was healthy.

Happy hour made us happy because they had our favorite Hendricks gin and the light bar menu of vegan snacks. The bartender crafted cocktails from the full bar with premium liquors and organic ingredients. Bite-sized vegan sandwiches and cinnamon cake snacks were enough to satisfy our growing appetites but not enough to spoil our dinner.

Chef-Prepared Breakfast 

A breakfast of fresh, organic foods is served in The Ravens Restaurant. Fruit-infused water, freshly squeezed juices, and organic coffee or tea begin the meal.

My choice for breakfast was the signature brunch entrée, Stanford Herbed Polenta. The crispy, flavorful grilled sun-dried tomato polenta with garden greens sautéed in braising sauce was served with cashew “cream” sauce. My husband chose the buckwheat pancakes served with organic maple syrup and fresh organic seasonal fruit compote.

Swimming Pool, Hot Tub, And Sauna

You can enjoy the indoor pool, hot tub, and sauna any time of year in the greenhouse building. The pool has a chair apparatus to assist disabled people with access to the water. Chairs, tables, and showers make this building a retreat in itself.

The Wellness Center

The Stanford Inn’s Wellness Center is the perfect health and wellness getaway destination. 

Spa services include basic, deep tissue, hot stone, and aromatherapy massage treatments. If you are into bliss and ecstasy through herbal oils, the Ayurvedic treatments will rejuvenate your body like no other method.

The team of instructors at Stanford Inn offers yoga classes for every level of fitness — from absolute beginners to seniors, or those with special needs and physical limitations. Classes on a drop-in basis and private classes are available.

Mindfulness, meditation, Kundalini yoga, and Chinese medicine are strategies for wellness offered by experts at The Stanford Inn.

Many wellness resources, books, and healthy snacks are available in the main building. The enormous room filled with new books on many topics quickly became my favorite bookstore. I bought Dining at The Ravens by Jeff and Joan Stanford to try to recreate the delicious dishes we enjoyed in the dining room.

The Nurseries And Grounds

Farming began at The Stanford Inn by the Sea in 1985 as a landscaping feature. With a natural spring-fed pond running throughout the year, organic methods practiced in the gardens deliver much of the produce in The Ravens Restaurant.

The on-site Big River Nurseries is a USDA-Certified Organic Farm. A team of dedicated people tends to 10 acres of organic gardens, with the same co-creative relationship with the land as the Stanfords’.

On my tour of the grounds with Jeff, he told me that the organic gardens are their most important work. They use no pesticides and natural composting feeds the plants. A flock of ravens came to roost during my garden tour and Jeff affectionately drew that to my attention.

A stop at the seed storage shed was fascinating. Jeff explained how the seeds are harvested and the importance of age rotation in the collection. The oldest seeds are planted first to keep a healthy supply.

Recognized as environmental leaders, Jeff and Joan Stanford went to Mendocino to create a stellar resort and a premier destination. They’ve worked hard since 1980 and have done just that. Their lifelong passion and commitment to health for themselves and their guests have earned them awards and loyal employees.

Outdoor Activities

In addition to hiking trails just behind the inn, there are four state parks within 2 miles of the property.

Make reservations at The Stanford Inn’s Catch a Canoe & Bicycles, Too! located at the foot of the property at the neck of Mendocino Bay. Bicycle rentals are complimentary for guests. Kayaks and outrigger canoes are available for a fee.

We rented a very stable outrigger canoe, which was life-changing for me. Kayaking or canoeing on the calm, green waters of the Big River is easy and a must-do experience.

Pro Tip: Wear your cell phone on a lanyard so you don’t drop your device in the water.

Indoor Activities

Creative Playshops require no art experience and all materials are provided. Led by Joan Stanford, who has a private workshop and retreat practice, guides you in the powers of creativity and nature to heal. These playshops tap into your creativity by using art-making techniques. An abundance of materials filled the entire classroom wall and my fingers were itching to create.

Cooking Classes

Sid Garza-Hillman — the wellness programs director, certified nutritionist, and author — hosted the cooking class where I learned how to make plant-based cheese and bacon-flavored mushrooms. In the private cooking class, Sid demonstrated easy cooking skills and recipes that even I can make at home.

Fitness Center 

The fitness center, located downstairs in the main building, was outfitted with strength training and cardio equipment personally selected by Jeff.

Family-Friendly

With scavenger hunts to discover points of interest on the property for the younger kids, families can explore tide pools, borrow pails and shovels to use at the Big River Beach, visit parks, meet rescued animals, and enjoy time in the pool. Headlands State Park is across the bridge from Big River Beach, an easy walk only a quarter-mile away.

Pet-Friendly

Rescued animals, like donkeys, horses, and llamas, receive fond care on the grounds. The black cat, decked out in Halloween garb, greeted us at the concierge desk. The family dog held court at a reserved seat in front of the fireplace in the Great Room.

Jeff told me that he would have pigs if he had more property. I didn’t understand because, being vegan, all I could think of was that they would not use them as food. Jeff gently explained the benefits of raising pigs because it’s good for the environment and fulfills fertilizer needs for the organic gardens.

ADA-Accessible And EV Charging

ADA-accessible executive queen rooms on the main floor may include roll-in showers with shower seats, accessible parking, and ramps for wheelchair users at check-in. Electric vehicle charging stations are conveniently located near the middle of the main building.

My stay at The Stanford Inn by the Sea proves that you can have fun and be eco-friendly while enjoying a luxury vacation in style and comfort.

Squishing your toes into sparkling white, sugar-fine sand while waves caress the shoreline is the ultimate summertime getaway. In New England, we relish the lazy days of our short summer and schedule multiple beach-centric days into our busy schedules. With miles and miles of coastline, there are seemingly endless strings of gorgeous beaches. From the rugged coast of Maine to shapeshifting dunes of Cape Cod’s National Seashore, New England has a beach to suit every sun-worshiping beach bum.

Listed below are my favorite beaches across New England — each one is special in its own best beach way. They are listed in no particular order.

1. Sand Beach

Bar Harbor, Maine

The diminutive Sand Beach is a cove-style beach in Acadia National Park. After a day exploring Cadillac Mountain, enjoy a quiet respite at this pretty little beach. The ocean water in Maine is very cold, rarely reaching 55 degrees Fahrenheit in the summer months. As you can guess, swimming is more like jumping in and out of the waves and not full water immersion.

Pro Tip: Acadia National Park is adjacent to Bar Harbor, where many park visitors anchor their getaway stay.

2. Old Orchard Beach

Old Orchard, Maine

A beautiful, 7-mile stretch of sand, Old Orchard Beach is one of Maine’s most popular beaches. Perfect for shaking off the winter blues and soaking up the glorious summer sun, Old Orchard Beach is a wonderful spot for swimming (yes, it’s cold), beach volleyball, building sand castles, or simply walking along the tideline.

Pro Tip: Old Orchard Beach is a favorite New England beach town of our neighbors to the north. You will often encounter French Canadian conversations on the beach towel next to yours.

3. Ogunquit Beaches

Ogunquit, Maine

Three beaches combine to make up the Ogunquit Beaches. Main Beach, Footbridge Beach, and North Beach come together to make up 3 miles of white sandy goodness. The charming town of Ogunquit enjoys a lively art scene. Filled with galleries, theaters, and great dining spots, you will have lots of choices for your evening entertainment.

Pro Tip: Take a stroll along the Marginal Way, a picturesque walkway where you can sit back and enjoy the stunning views on one of the 39 benches along the 1.25-mile-long pathway.

4. Coast Guard Beach

Eastham, Massachusetts

The most popular beach on the Cape Cod National Seashore is definitely Coast Guard Beach. This beloved beach gets crowded early and stays crowded all day long — for good reason. The beach is gorgeous. It is the beginning of an uninterrupted 20-mile sandy coastline hemmed in by dunes covered in windblown seagrass.

Pro Tip: Your National Park Pass will allow you to park for free at Coast Guard Beach. Non-resident parking is at Little Creek where you can then take a shuttle to the beach.

5. Wingaersheek Beach

Gloucester, Massachusetts

Beautiful Wingaersheek Beach is perched on Massachusetts’s north shore in the charming city of Gloucester. The white sand beach is perfect for a long walk along the shore or a scramble up the interesting rock formations. As you are enjoying your beach day, it is fun to dream of owning one of the stunning summer vacation homes perched high above the shoreline.

Pro Tip: Prepaid reserved parking is required at Wingaersheek Beach. Reservations are required for non-residents and can be made up to 10 days in advance.

6. Good Harbor Beach

Gloucester, Massachusetts

Good Harbor Beach, the other Gloucester beach, is long and wide at low tide with inviting soft sand where you will want to spend the entire day; perhaps the entire summer.

Pro Tip: Good Harbor Beach has a fairly large parking lot and can accommodate several vehicles. Pre-paid parking reservations are required.

7. Singing Beach

Manchester-By-The-Sea, Massachusetts

Singing Beach is so named because it “sings” as you scuffle across the sand. When the conditions are right, the friction of your feet across the sand creates a squeak; a unique phenomenon. This small beach is worth a visit just to see if you can make it sing.

Pro Tip: The parking lot is small. It is best to visit Singing Beach during the shoulder season when you can park and enjoy the uncrowded shoreline. In the off-season, the local four-legged fur babies love chasing the waves. 

8. Mayflower Beach

Dennis, Massachusetts

When you find yourself on the north side of Cape Cod, Mayflower Beach is the spot to see and be seen. Deep soft sand and playful waves come together to make this beach a popular spot for sunbathing and water play along Cape Cod Bay. You will want to spend the entire day here, pack up your wagon with beach toys, lunch, blankets, and your favorite read.

Pro Tip: The large parking lot fills up early on a beautiful beach day.

9. Oak Bluffs Town Beach

Oak Bluffs, Massachusetts

Flying Horses Carousel and charming gingerbread cottages are the hallmarks of Martha’s Vineyard’s Oak Bluffs. Oak Bluffs Town Beach is a pretty 1-mile-long beach perfect for spending the day and enjoying the ocean waves. When you are visiting Martha’s Vineyard, enjoying the beach is just one piece of the getaway.

Pro Tip: If you stay in Oak Bluffs, you can avoid beach parking and walk to the beach.

10. Ballard’s Beach

New Shoreham, Rhode Island

On the shores of Block Island is Ballard’s Beach, a soft white sandy beach filled with happy vacationers enjoying their work break. Rent a cabana, grab a fruity drink from the tiki bar, have lunch at the restaurant, and dance the day away to live music. Ballard’s Beach has a hip, happening vibe.

Pro Tip: The beach is a short walk from Old Harbor. You can take the ferry over and enjoy a Block Island day trip.  

11. Narragansett Town Beach

Narragansett, Rhode Island

Narragansett Town Beach is located in the heart of Narragansett. Walking along the soft sand is the best way to get in your steps. There is plenty of room for blanket space to enjoy the waves and build sandcastles. There is also a designated surf area to try your hand at riding the waves or you can watch the entertaining show of others trying to stay on their board.

Pro Tip: Our Narragansett guide will give you lots of ideas on how to spend your day in this lovely coastal town.

12. Easton’s Beach

Newport, Rhode Island

Located at the start of Newport’s iconic Cliff Walk is Easton’s Beach, also known as First Beach to local residents. The beautiful sandy beach stretches for 0.75 miles along the Atlantic shoreline.

Pro Tip: Mansions, dining, and history — there is so much to do and see in Newport you will want to spend several days exploring.

13. Hampton Beach

Hampton, New Hampshire

Hampton Beach sits along New Hampshire’s tiny strip of coastline. It is a bustling beach filled with happy beachgoers. From concerts to festivals, fireworks to competitions, there is always something happening at Hampton Beach.

Pro Tip: The Hampton Beach Master Sand Sculpting Competition takes place in June each year. It is an amazing display of artistic talent.

14. Hammonasset Beach State Park

Madison, Connecticut

The pink sands of Hammonasset Beach State Park and the 2-mile stretch of shoreline attract sunbathers from across New England. The sand on the west end of the beach has a high concentration of garnet which gives the beach a pink hue — unusual for a northeastern beach.

Pro Tip: Typically in August, the water at Hammonasset Beach is filled with jellyfish making swimming a little challenging.

Beautiful New England Beaches

The beautiful beaches in New England bring out the best of the summer season. From Maine’s rugged and sandy coastline to Connecticut’s sugar sand beaches, you will love exploring these picturesque toes-in-the-sand getaways.

Whether you’re in town for SXSW (South by Southwest film and multimedia festival), the Austin Food + Wine Festival, or one of the many music festivals in Austin, the “Live Music Capital of the World,” why not stay at a first-rate hotel where you’ll find gourmet eats as well?

Austin is a great city for culture and arts, food and dining, life and leisure, movies and film, music and concerts, and sports and recreation. Let’s explore seven unique restaurants in Austin’s downtown area, not listed in any particular order.

1. Garrison

Garrison is the Fairmont Hotel Austin’s fine-dining restaurant with an open kitchen concept featuring Texas post-oak wood flame-grilled entrees. Garrison boasts accolades like being a Wine Spectator Restaurant Award winner and a AAA Four-Diamond-rated restaurant. The restaurant is also Forbes Four-Star-rated.

I found unique cuisine that caught my eye, like truffle tater tots, grilled Texas quail, and a grilled Sakura pork tomahawk. Executive Chef Jakub Czyszczon focuses on his specialized Texas cuisine and impeccable service.

What To Order At Garrison

Start with the warm biscuits with honey butter, a reminder of my sweet grandmother’s homemade biscuits. We shared the creamy leek tart puff pastry and tater tots with gruyere cheese and lots of ums and ahs!

Our beverage choice was a Garrison martini with vodka, tequila, and dry vermouth, and a no-proof cocktail, the Newcumber, made with cucumber, blueberry, and ginger beer.

Try the beef tartare with smoked trout roe and egg yolk if you are game. For the main course, the 7-ounce Akaushi wagyu’s eye of rib from Heartbrand Ranch was juicy and tender.

Pro Tip: For special occasions, indulge in the six-course luxury tasting menu in the private dining room seating 16.

2. Driskill Grill

The iconic Driskill Grill has reopened in the historic Driskill Hotel, the oldest hotel in Austin, built in 1886. President Lyndon B. Johnson escorted his future bride, Lady Bird Johnson, here for their first date.

Executive Chef Mark Dayanandan boasts Texas fare with a bit of French influence, continuing The Grill’s tradition of excellent dinner service.

What To Order At Driskill Grill

I love the lobster bisque, rich and creamy with generous chunks of lobster. Don’t skip the epi bread for two, served with Texas whiskey pate, olive tapenade, and pimento cheese. Another favorite is the oysters Rockefeller with rich Pernod sauce over creamy spinach.

For mains, I like the rich jumbo lump crab cake or the tournedos Rossini, a 6-ounce filet mignon with foie gras, sauteed spinach, potato rosti, and truffle sauce. For hearty appetites, go for the 12-ounce prime ribeye with green peppercorn café au lait sauce. The giant Cattle Baron Burger with smoked cheddar or Swiss cheese is great for burger lovers.

For drinks, I like the traditional Samantha’s Ghost with mezcal, tequila, grand Marnier, and lemon, or the Pink Lady with gin, grand Marnier, lemon, and grenadine.

3. Vixen’s Wedding

Located in the Hotel Arrive Austin, Vixen’s Wedding serves flavorful cuisine featuring influences from Portugal and Goan (western India) with a Texas twist touting blends of heat, spice, and acidity.

Managing chef/partner, Todd Duplechan, says Vixen’s Wedding describes a sun shower frequently followed by a rainbow.

What To Order At Vixen’s Wedding

Enjoy shared plates like red shrimp served whole with a fried shrimp head and curry chili emulsion, red snapper with rainbow chard, or roasted mushrooms with coconut and green chili.

The Chef’s Prix-Fix Menu with wine pairings includes crab pakoras, sourdough naan, duck, grilled snapper, or grilled lamb, along with chocolate cremeux for dessert.

Choose the Last Tango with tequila or the Margao mule for cocktails.

4. Luminaire

Chef Steve McHugh, the six-time James Beard Foundation finalist, opened Luminaire, his first Austin restaurant in the new Hyatt Centric Congress Avenue Austin. Chef McHugh is the San Antonio-based executive chef of Landrance at the Hotel Thompson San Antonio as well.

Enjoy the outdoor terrace with city views and the rooftop bar Las Bis on the eighth floor. Opened on February 1 this year, Luminaire is a full-service, all-day restaurant taking up the entire ground floor of the hotel. The restaurant features indoor and outdoor seating, steps from the state capitol and next door to the historic Paramount Theatre.

Focused on seasonal local Texas cuisine and charcuterie, the menu is heavily Spanish-influenced, sourcing ingredients from Texas farms and ranches.

What To Order At Luminaire

The specially curated meat boards feature the 24-month aged jamon, smoked chorizo de Leon, and lean and tender lomo embuchado, which pair well with a Rioja wine and Manchego cheese. There is an expansive selection of breakfast empanadas and chicken a la plancha.

The waiter recommended the Delgada Chops, including lamb t-bone, pork rib, boar cutlet, or beef rib. For burger lovers, order the Angus Beef Luminaire Burger.

I selected the Shrimp and Whipped Hominy with smoked tasso ham, tomatoes, and chipotle adobo; flavorful and delicious.

The bar offers sangria, craft beers, new-world wines, and classic cocktails.

5. Suerte

Named Food & Wine‘s Best New Chefs 2021, Chef Fermin Nunez heads up Suerte, featuring traditional Mexican cooking with local Texas ingredients, offering a unique dining experience in the heart of east Austin. Patio and open-area dining provide cozy comfort with a Mexican restaurant ambiance.

What To Order At Suerte

Start with tacos fritos made with white fish and homemade masa, or the suadero tacos made with wagyu brisket. The pork carnitas with black bean purée and the Mole Y Pato duck leg confit was outstanding.

Others raved about the Bistec Con Chichilo, an 8-ounce wagyu New York strip with mole chichilo (a traditional Mexican sauce from Oaxaca). Veggie sides include squash, sunchoke, or sweet potatoes.

For craft cocktails, try the Don Dario with tequila, or the Pep Talk mixed with rum, banana, and lime.

I liked the Yaupon Spritz, a mixture of vodka, strawberry, yaupon tea, aloe, and cava.

6. Hestia

A majestic, custom 20-foot hearth links Hestia’s dining room and kitchen, led by award-winning Chef Kevin Fink and pastry chef and business partner Tavel Bristol-Joseph.

Touting accolades like Austin’s most ambitious restaurant and Esquire‘s Best New Restaurants in America 2021, the industrial-style restaurant features wood-fired dishes, tasting menus, and curated wine pairings from over 250 wine selections.

What To Order At Hestia

Start with the snacks, the smoked crab tart or oysters with green sambal, an Indonesian sauce of green tomatoes, green chiles, shallots, and seasonings.

Small plates include butternut squash, apple, pecan, mushroom miso, or beef tartare with horseradish and grilled mushroom.

For my entrée, I selected the halibut with charred Bok choy, while others at the table chose the Red Ranger Chicken with fennel, radish, and turnip. For a hearty appetite, go with the 12-ounce Texas wagyu ribeye with a braised cabbage wedge.

Our choice for dessert was the bunuelo, roasted white chocolate mousse, strawberry, peanuts, and burnt thyme ice cream.

The chef’s tasting menu features 13 courses with seasonal selections and added wine pairings.

Extensive wine selections include my favorite Spanish riojas, new and old-world whites, reds, pinot noirs, French whites, rosés, California wines, Southern Hemisphere malbecs, and Oregon Willamette Valley pinot noirs.

7. Emmer & Rye

Located on the ground floor of the Sky House Austin Building, Emmer & Rye boasts handmade bread and pasta and whole-animal butchery, working directly with ranchers, farmers, and growers for innovative farm-to-table food.

Keith Parker, Chef de Cuisine, manages the daily changing menu. His awards include a James Beard Finalist, Best Chef Texas 2020, Bon Appetit America’s Best New Restaurants, and Austin American-Statesman #1 Restaurant in Austin.

Emmer & Rye is the first restaurant in Austin to offer dim sum service as part of the meal; order directly off circulating carts.

What To Order At Emmer & Rye

Start with the Crudo red snapper or Texas wagyu beef tartare with sunchoke. Add an order of bread and accoutrements with cultured butter, smoked honey, and sour orange.

For mains, savor the Fish Amberjack with fennel and trumpet mushroom or the Pork Mangalitsa Belly with mole chichilo and butternut squash.

For cocktails, choose the Bolo Tie with rum, Texas pecan, orange, and lime, or Praise the Sun with brandy, cold brew, vermouth, and mole bitters.

Or indulge in beer, cider, wine, sparkling wine, champagne, reds, whites, rosés, American and International whiskeys, tequila, mezcal, rum, and brandy.

Related Reading:

• The 8 Best Spas In Austin, Texas
• 17 Amazing Things To Do In Beautiful Austin, Texas
• My 7 Favorite Stops On A Road Trip From Austin To El Paso

Once upon a time, there was a woman…

History is filled with stories that begin with a determined woman facing a seemingly insurmountable challenge and her tenacity to meet it head on. Thus is the case with Florence Griswold, the matriarch who shaped the very soul of Old Lyme, Connecticut. Griswold’s ability to rise above her economic downturn set Old Lyme on the path to a charming New England town with a well-defined artistic bent.

The financial downturn of the Griswold family, the arrival of artist Henry Ward Ranger, and the picture-perfect, bucolic landscape of Old Lyme was the perfect triumvirate. Griswold turned her family’s fine home into a boarding house, Ranger invited his artist friends to come and paint the verdant landscape, and the rest is history.

Note: Some information in this piece was obtained during a sponsored press trip, but all recommendations are my own.

1. Florence Griswold Museum

The Florence Griswold Museum is a dedication to her life and the artists that filled it with laughter, joy, and lots of color. The resorted Griswold home includes a first floor that has been renovated to reflect the halcyon days of a turn-of-the-century summer when the artists were in residence and the rooms were filled with fascinating characters.

Throughout the first floor, mostly concentrated in the boarding house dining room, are original painted door panels. The artists in residence painted stunning pieces on these panels that are part of a permanent exhibit In Situ: The Painted Panels. The 46-panel paintings were the artists’ gift to Griswold and depict a variety of subjects from far-flung places to local landscapes. The close relationship between Griswold and her boarding house guests is evident in the beautiful artwork of the panels. The second floor of the manor is a bright and airy gallery space that showcases works from the Lyme Art Colony and a variety of other brilliant artists.

The separate museum has several galleries to showcase paintings and sculptures in evolving exhibits. Take time to wander through the spacious galleries as you savor the experience of art immersion.

Pro Tip: You can visit the museum’s exhibits online with a free virtual tour, like Fresh Fields: American Impressionists Landscapes.

2 Lyme Art Association

The Lyme Art Association (LAA) was formed in 1914 as a gallery to showcase the works of the artists who called Old Lyme home. Florence Griswold donated property adjacent to her home for the gallery building and in 1921 the LAA celebrated its grand opening.

The gallery is a centerpiece of popular events and showcases revolving exhibits throughout the year. The LAA offers visitors a chance to explore a wide and varied range of artistic styles, mediums, and techniques. The association is composed of 650 member artists whose stunning artwork is displayed across seven different juried art exhibits annually.

Many days, you will see the easel-toting artists taking classes at LAA. The gallery’s lower level is a haven for art students of all levels. Drawing, sculpture, painting, and other art classes are open to non-members. One-day workshops exploring an in-depth focus on an artistic topic like color dynamics, composition, and more can be a fun, hands-on adventure during your artistic getaway.

3. The Side Door Jazz Club

Old Lyme Inn 

Dark and mysterious is the hallmark of every classic jazz joint. The Side Door Jazz Club is no exception. When you enter the club, it’s like stepping into the 1940s. The decor of small dark wood tables and straight-back chairs pushed right up to the edge of the stage makes you feel like you are part of the show. All you need is a short glass of amber liquid and a trench-coated, fedora-sporting man at the door — you know you are in for something special.

As musicians and songbirds crank out their personal bebop style and jazzy beat, you can feel your heart rhythm move along with the musical syncopation. One of the interesting things about jazz is the on-stage improvisational interludes. You are drawn into these seemingly private jam sessions and the solo performances keep the evening’s program mesmerizing.

Pro Tip: Check the website for upcoming artists. The performances change weekly so there is always someone new and exciting at the mic.

4. Lyme Academy Of Fine Arts

The Lyme Academy of Fine Arts is an art school for students who wish to explore and enhance their artistic talents. The academy also offers workshops available to artists of all levels. Immersing yourself in a medium you love or stretching your talents outside your comfort zone in a workshop is a unique way to explore this charming artist community. Find an intriguing workshop and schedule a hobby-focused getaway for some selfish time.

Pro Tip: The school offers a printmaking open studio to utilize the printmaking equipment. Open-figure drawing classes are also available on a regular basis.

5. Studio 80 + Sculpture Grounds

Wander through Studio 80 + Sculpture Grounds where massive contemporary artworks are displayed in a 4.5-acre, park-like setting. The grounds are the work of artist Gilbert Boro and showcase his art and other contributing artists. The sculpture grounds are free to enjoy.

“I believe that three-dimensional art should be handled, touched, and experienced in three dimensions,” says Boro. “I want people to not only view my art but touch and explore it. It brings me great joy to watch people of all ages interacting with my sculptures.”

The massive pieces are majestic, thought-provoking, and beautiful. It is a fascinating walk about on a beautiful Connecticut day.

Pro Tip: Park in the back of the Lyme Academy of Fine Arts and walk across the short path to access the sculpture grounds.

6. Ferry Landing State Park

The DEEP Boardwalk Ferry Landing State Park is a beautiful spot for a gentle stroll on a sunny day. Boaters, picnickers, and hikers love this hidden Connecticut gem. The quick 0.6-mile, out-and-back walk along the flat boardwalk is a beautiful way to get in your daily steps.

The boardwalk takes you out along the Connecticut River through the tidal marshes offering views of Osprey, turtles, and other water-loving creatures. The sweeping view from the high platform of the boardwalk showcases stunning water views.

7. The Cooley Gallery 

Visiting The Cooley Gallery — whether you are shopping for a beautiful piece of artwork or simply dreaming of owning an original — is a must-see during your stay in Old Lyme. Every American art collector will enjoy exploring the gallery in search of that perfect piece to fill a certain blank wall.

8. The Bowerbird

Old Lyme Marketplace

Every getaway requires even a short shopping expedition. The Bowerbird, in the Old Lyme Marketplace, offers “over 4,500 square feet of impulsive necessities.” It’s the perfect spot to buy your Old Lyme souvenir. You can shop for toys and games, home and garden, jewelry, stationery, gourmet foods, and other goodies. The Bowerbird is the quintessential country gift shop and worth a look-see; you’ll never know what you find that you didn’t know you needed.

9. Hangry Goose

Everyone in Old Lyme dines at the Hangry Goose. It is a comfy and casual towny spot that offers great food and a beautiful view. Open for breakfast and lunch, the menu is filled with hearty traditional dishes; perfect to fuel up before exploring the town.

Old Lyme Inn

In the middle of this charming artistic community is the Old Lyme Inn. Constructed circa 1865, the inn was originally the Champlain family estate and a 300-acre working farm. Around 1950, it became the Barbizon Oak Inn, named for the Barbizon School of painters and the stately 300-year-old oak tree standing tall behind it. Part of the beautiful landscape that attracted the artists to the area, the Old Lyme Inn sits in the heart of the arts district. It is within walking distance of the artist-focused attractions and perfect for your Old Lyme stay.

The charming boutique inn has 13 guestrooms, a wonderful restaurant, and is home to The Side Door Jazz Club. The Old Lyme Inn is more than just a spot to rest your head; it is a central hub where locals gather. You will find neighbors stopping by for a nightcap and some friendly conversation — the perfect way to learn about the comings and goings of Old Lyme. Their legendary Sunday Jazzy Brunch is a weekend tradition for romantic breakfasts and multi-generational gatherings.

Pro Tip: The piano in the lobby is always tuned and waiting for someone to tickle the ivories.

Artistic Old Lyme, Connecticut

Whether you are an artist, art connoisseur, or simply looking for an art-focused getaway, Old Lyme is a delightful option. It is situated between Boston and New York City — about 2 hours from either location.

Related Reading: 

• My 8 Favorite Experiences In Beautiful Hartford, Connecticut
• Forget NYC, Why These 6 Places In Connecticut Are Perfect For Pizza
• My 4 Favorite Restaurants In Stamford, Connecticut

Visiting the Ark Encounter is an unforgettable experience. Nestled in northern Kentucky, this biblical theme park is one of the most unique places to visit in America, regardless of your religious beliefs or background. The Ark Encounter offers a fascinating glimpse into the world of Noah and the Great Flood. The site features a full-size replica of Noah’s Ark, interactive exhibits, restaurants, and other attractions.

I visited the Ark Encounter with a group of six other people. We had all heard about the Ark and wanted to see and experience it for ourselves. One of the group members had been to the ark several times and acted as our guide. We found the experience fascinating and it far exceeded our expectations.

In this article, we cover everything you need to know about visiting the Ark Encounter, so read on if you’re looking for tips and advice on planning your perfect trip!

What Is The Ark Encounter?

The Ark Encounter is a one-of-a-kind theme park attraction that showcases a full-size replica of Noah’s Ark, the vessel that saved his family and all the animals during the Great Flood, according to the biblical story. The ark is an impressive sight to see. Built according to the specifications described in the Bible, it spans 510 feet in length, is 85 feet wide, and towers 51 feet high. The ark is the largest wooden timber frame structure in the World and an engineering masterpiece. 

The ark is a popular tourist attraction and a magnificent display of craftsmanship, as it was designed to be as historically accurate as possible. The inside of the Ark features multiple exhibits illustrating the story of the Great Flood and its aftermath. Visiting the Ark Encounter is a unique experience and a great way to learn about one of the most iconic stories in the Bible.

Whether you’re religious or simply curious about history, the Ark Encounter offers an unforgettable experience. Visitors can explore the impressive structure and learn how Noah and his family saved animals from the flood. There are also various theaters where you can watch movies about the ark and the Bible. It’s a fascinating piece of history and engineering that will leave you in awe of what humans can achieve.

But there is more! Besides the ark, there are several other attractions, such as the Ararat Ridge Zoo located behind the ark, a zip line, and a virtual reality experience, “The Truth Traveler’s A Flood of Reality.” I enjoyed the petting zoo and the virtual reality experience was great fun. It was like being in the ark during the flood.

Where Is The Ark Encounter?

The Ark Encounter is located in Williamstown, Kentucky, about 40 miles south of Cincinnati, Ohio, and north of Lexington, right off Interstate 75. The site is easy to reach by car and ample parking is available. 

The site is open year-round, but the hours vary depending on the season, so check their website before you go. Generally, the Ark Encounter opens at 9 a.m. and closes between 6 p.m. and 9 p.m., depending on the season.

How Long Does It Take To Tour The Ark Encounter?

A common question that many visitors ask is, “How long does it take to tour the ark?” The answer to that question is, “It depends!” You’ll want to make sure you clear your schedule for a good chunk of the day! While the exact amount of time you’ll need will depend on your pace and level of interest in biblical history, most visitors spend around 4–6 hours exploring the various exhibits, shows, and activities.

The ark is a massive structure that’s over 500 feet long with multiple levels to explore. Many people spend the entire day there. We were there from the time it opened until evening, and we still missed a few things.

There are three decks to view. Deck 1 provides an overview of the biblical ark’s size and teaches where and how items were most likely stored on the ark and how the animals were cared for.

Deck 2 highlights the pre-flood world and focuses on Noah and how God may have prepared him for building the ark. 

Deck 3 shows plausible living quarters for Noah and his family, although I doubt they were as lovely as depicted in the Ark Encounter. It also reviews flood geology, what happened after the flood, and a Museum of the Bible exhibit.

There’s just so much to see, from the exhibits and petting zoo to the zip lines and dining options. They even give camel rides. One thing’s for sure — you won’t be bored at the Ark Encounter!

Admission To The Ark Encounter

To enter the Ark Encounter, you need a ticket, which you can purchase online or at the ticket counter on arrival. We bought our tickets in advance to avoid the line waiting to purchase. 

The ticket includes access to the Ark Encounter exhibits, restaurants, and other attractions. 

The prices vary depending on age, with discounts available for children, seniors, and groups. Kids under 10 are free for 2023. Some attractions like “The Truth Traveler’s A Flood of Reality” have an additional fee. 

Dining At The Ark Encounter

The Ark Encounter has several restaurants and food options, ranging from fast food to sit-down dining. You can find typical American fares, such as burgers, fries, and pizza, as well as healthier options, like salads and vegetarian dishes.

When I visited, we ate at Emzara’s Kitchen, a two-story family buffet-style restaurant. The prices were reasonable, and the food quality was excellent. There is also a snack stand near the Ark, where you can grab a quick bite. 

Be aware that the restaurants at the Ark Encounter tend to get crowded during peak hours, so plan accordingly.

Tips For Visiting The Ark Encounter

If you’re planning a trip to the Ark Encounter, you’re in for a treat! These tips will help you prepare and best use your time at the Ark Encounter. 

Plan A Visit During Off-Peak Times

Try to visit the Ark Encounter during off-peak times. Mid-week and off-season will help you avoid large crowds and make your experience more enjoyable.

Visit The Ark Encounter Website 

Before your trip, verify the days and hours of operation before your trip. Check for special pricing options and special events that might make the ark extra crowded on the day you plan to attend. 

Plan For A 4- To 6-Hour Visit

Plan to spend at least a half-day at the Ark Encounter. There is much to see and do with various galleries and exhibits, plus an outdoor area. You don’t want to rush through and miss things. We visited for an entire day. 

Purchase Tickets In Advance

Purchase tickets online to save time and money. 

Wear Comfortable Shoes And Clothes

Wearing comfortable shoes is a priority. You will be doing a lot of walking both inside the ark and outside. The Ark Encounter is wheelchair accessible. There are wheelchairs, scooters, and strollers available for rent. There is a lot of movement, so comfortable clothes are essential. 

Beat The Crowd

The Ark Encounter opens at 9 a.m., so arrive early to explore all the exhibits before they become crowded. We arrived around 9 a.m., and there was already a line, but we had purchased tickets in advance, so we didn’t have to wait. 

Download A Map

Download the Ark Encounter map (PDF) or pick one up when entering the ark. It provides helpful information and provides instructions for downloading their app. 

Bring A Camera 

The Ark Encounter has several great photo opportunities.

Bring Sunscreen, Sunglasses, And A Hat

If you plan to be outdoors in the zoo or ziplining, be sure to bring sunscreen and remember to apply it, and wear your hat and sunglasses when heading outdoors.

Consider A Combo Ticket 

Consider buying a combo ticket that includes access to the nearby sister attraction, the Creation Museum.

Pro Tip: I highly suggest the combo ticket. Go to the Creation Museum on the first day and then the Ark Encounter on the second. The museum lays the groundwork for the ark information. 

Have Fun!

Most importantly, remember to have fun! The Ark Encounter is a great place to learn about Noah’s adventure, ride the zipline, pet the animals, and spend time with family and friends. 

Visiting the Ark Encounter is an educational, engaging, and awe-inspiring experience. The site has something for everyone with its stunning replica of Noah’s Ark, fascinating exhibits, and diverse attractions. Whether you are a believer, a skeptic, or somewhere in between, the Ark Encounter offers a unique and thought-provoking perspective on one of the most intriguing stories in the Bible. So, pack your bags, gather your family or friends, and head to Kentucky for a memorable adventure at the Ark Encounter.

Related Reading:

• 7 Tips For Exploring The Kentucky Bourbon Trail From A Self-Proclaimed Bourbon Aficionado
• 10 Cozy Cabins Along The Red River Gorge In Kentucky
• 7 Experiences You’ll Love In Delightful Bowling Green, Kentucky

Rhodes, Greece, is an island in the southeast Aegean Sea, very near the coast of Turkey. It’s an island steeped in history and culture, notwithstanding the fact that the Old Town is a UNESCO World Heritage Site.

Rhodes has a grand history of occupation from several occupying forces, The Knight’s Hospitalier being one of the most famous. They occupied Rhodes from 1306–1310 and it’s during this period that you’ll find many of Rhodes’s current famous monuments, such as the Palace of the Grand Masters, in the Old Town. In fact, Rhodes’s Old Town is one of Europe’s oldest — meaning people still live and trade behind its medieval castle walls. From unique mountain scenery and an 870-square-mile coastline boasting blue flag beaches to hidden coves and an Acropolis in the old fishing village of Lindos, as a Greek Island holiday destination, Rhodes really does have it all.

Of course, on your vacation, you’ll want to stay somewhere special. Whether visiting for a beach break, cultural discovery, or mountain walking, read on to discover some unique stays in Rhodes with a view — ranging from within the walls of the UNESCO Old Town, beachside locations, and mountain lodges.

1. Kokkini Porta Rossa

Rhodes Old Town

This six-suited residence is a piece de residence, perfect for a romantic break as it’s situated behind the ancient castle walls of the Old Town. Meaning “Red Door,” Kokkini Porta Rossa is pretty hard to miss as you enter the Old Town through St. John’s Gate. The first entranceway is a red door set in a magnificent stone archway, leading to a lovingly restored original Knights of St. John’s residence, a place where one of the many Knight’s Hospitalier lived.

The current owners — a husband and wife team with their son, a classically trained pianist who might just play a tune for you on the grand if you’re lucky — bought the residence when it was a complete ruin, and raised this phoenix from its ashes. The result is tremendous.

The Deniz Suite (all suites named after original inhabitants of the house) has a unique roofed wooden balcony, the hayat — meaning “life” in Arabic — overlooking the castle wall, and Kokkini Porta’s own chapel entrance.

If you’re looking for a place to propose, a second honeymoon, or to merely escape with your loved one, Kokkini Porta Rossa is the place to pick.

Top Tip: There’s no elevator here as it’s in a preserved, ancient building, but there are two suites on the ground floor of the building with no stairs necessary.

Favorite Amenities

• Delicious four-course breakfast using local products
• Fragrance bar in all suites and decanters of top-brand Greek alcoholic drinks
• The Michalis Suite has its own 485-square-foot private garden with a small plunge pool.

2. Trinity Boutique Hotel

Rhodes Old Town

This is another gorgeous boutique hotel inside an old knight’s residence within the UNESCO Old Town Walls. Trinity Boutique’s six suites have an open plan, most have free-standing bathtubs, and it has been decorated with empathy to its historic past; stone archways, wooden beams, medieval-style fireplaces, and a real feel as if you’re sleeping among history.

Views across its bougainvillea-clad courtyard are the icing on the cake as you sleep in medieval luxury and imagine pirate horses’ hooves pounding the cobbled streets.

Top Tip: Pay attention to the limestone and granite walls. It’s as if you’re sleeping in a castle.

Favorite Amenities

• Greek-owned company unique Coco-mat mattresses and mattress toppers
• Some suites have a hydro-massage jacuzzi
• Small kitchenette in all suites great for preparing small snacks

3. Hotel Grande Albergo Delle Rose

Next To The Casino Of Rhodes

With a history spanning almost a century, the Hotel Grande Albergo Delle Rose translates from Italian to “The Hotel of the Roses” as the Italian Governor of Rhodes built it between 1925 and 1927. During its time, it hosted dignitaries such as Winston Churchill and Gregory Peck, and, although a stately and grand building — think marble-floored reception with chandeliers — the Grande Albergo Delle Rose exudes discrete luxury with a choice of six rooms and 27 suites with either a balcony or big veranda, most with sea views.

Located right next to the Rhodes Casino, don’t let that put you off. There’s certainly no gaudy Las Vegas Ritz-style here; just a unique, exclusive place to relax by the beach and the unique UNESCO medieval Old Town.

Top Tip: Wander through the well-maintained gardens and you’ll see where the hotel received its name. Allow the concierge to book any manner of trips ranging from a sunset wine tasting to a full day of luxury cruising.

Favorite Amenities

• The Hotel’s close to the beach, yet it also boasts a swimming pool and spa.
• The La Rosa restaurant’s wall feature — The Fresco of the Colours by Italian artist Afro Basaldella, a 20th-century impressionist
• BVLGARI toiletries

4. Hotel Elafos

Mount Profitis Ilias, Salakou, Rhodes

We head into the mountains, inland on the island now, approximately 45 minutes from Rhodes Airport. Hotel Elafos sits at an elevation of nearly 800 meters (about half a mile) on Profitis Ilias (Mount Elijah), nestled amongst a forest of pine and cypress trees teaming with the rare Dama Dama deer. Unique to the island and the opportunity to hear owls at night, come and stay at Hotel Elafos, a unique Italian architectural-style lodge with 22 rooms over two levels.

The building has an eclectic past. Completed in 1929, it was a base for the Italian Army officers who occupied the island at that time period. During WWII, it was used as a lodge for the officers, then a German military hospital.

Its beautiful surroundings mean you have a choice of rooms, with either mountain or sea views, plus it’s the perfect base for walks and hikes. 

Top Tip: If you’re looking for a completely unique, off-the-beaten-track place to stay, away from the usual beach crowds, this is the place to stay on Rhodes.

Favorite Amenities

• Small balconies in each room to sip your morning coffee and enjoy the view
• Take a five-minute walk through the forest to the abandoned Villa de Vecchi — Mussolini’s summer mansion, another piece of the island’s history.
• Huge dining room with floor-to-ceiling windows set in stone arches
• A fireplace to curl up and drink mountain herbal tea

5. Grecotel Lux Me Dama Dama

Faliraki Beach

This four-star, all-inclusive resort hotel is one for those looking to base themselves by the beach and have a completely relaxing break.

With a 100-meter pool, a vast beach, and a choice of rooms in the main building or small private bungalows on the ground, this is affordable luxury at its best.

The Grecotel Lux Me Dama Dama has a choice of five restaurants and a cocktail lounge as well as creperie-gelato on the beach. The sea-view rooms are the best as they also overlook the pool –— lit at night making for a romantic sight. 

This really is one for couples looking for an all-inclusive break on a gorgeous Greek island.

Top Tip: Book one of the bungalows as it affords you more privacy. The Grecotel Lux Me Dama Dama isn’t an adults-only resort, so it does attract younger families.

Favorite Amenities

• Right on the Blue Flag-awarded Falaraki Beach
• Separate children’s pool, keeping the main pool for adults
• Gazebos as well as sunbeds around the pool

As you can see, Rhodes Island in Greece has some unique stays with views to suit every occasion. Don’t miss the opportunity to visit this beautiful island.